1590 to 1599 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1590 to 1599.

1590
'''Taking opportunity to seize power, warlords in Xi’an, Yunnan, Chu, and Min revolt and make war against China, making the Chinese unable to defend themselves even from minor attacks. Yue takes control of Hainan. (Scores undoubled: Military:10 Economy:10 Infrastructure: 4)'''

'''Arthur Joseph Curry, a distinguished sailor in the OTL New England area becomes the first grand master of the Order of the Great Lantern. A former pirate in New Prussia, Curry changed his life after his wife and family were killed by Seminoles.'''

'''A large earthquake nicknamed the Neulengbach earthquake occurs approximately thirty to forty km west of the city of Vienna. The earthquake causes significant damage and some loss of life in Lower Austria and Vienna, with aftershocks and other effects of the natural disaster felt as far as Bohemia and Silesia. '''

'''The chiefs of the four Torres Strait Island tribes have consolidated their strength over their peoples using superior technology gained through indirect trade with the Marrikuwuyanga. The “colonies” in Cape York and Papua New Guinea are also more securely under the control of the Muralag and Kalaw Kawaw Ya groups respectively. '''

'''Because of the strains of the First Raigaman War, the increase in the size of the navy, which is an expensive thing, the founding of a new colony two years after the war, the quota system imposed by the Dutch, which takes out much of what's necessary for improvement, and other general mismanagements, the Raigaman economy implodes. The colony in the Nicobar Isles collapses (2 pixels left) due to the expense of maintaining and expanding the colony. The navy and many merchant ships fall out of disuse as they are too expensive to handle.'''
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 30 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. With the proposal of marriage accepted by the King of Abyssinia, the Yemeni Sultan Ahmad gave a farewell to his sister, Princess Mariam and now Queen Mariam of Abyssinia, who then sailed to Abyssinia; accompanied by 25 warships for protection on her journey. It had been agreed that Queen Mariam would not be forced to convert to Christianity and both states would try their best to protect the minorities in their Kingdoms. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an allied at the straits, Yemen launches an invasion to capture the island (we have siege artillery) to protect its trade. Meanwhile, we vassalized Somalia (Turn Two of Five) by spreading our influence through trade and secretly launching attacks on their merchant ships thus forcing them to depend heavily on us for trade and protection. Mil turn and Eco Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Hungary We increase our army by 2000 and are training more troops. Our economy increases with trade from Yemen and our cannons are almost done and are almost ready to be used by soldiers to shoot over walls and attack our enemy before they can hit us. We would like to start trade through Croatia to reach Austria France and the Netherlands and furthermore increase our trade relations.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to economic expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Ayutthaya: Vassalisation over Lanna is complete and the division of the new kingdom has been Ayutthaya_1590.pngwn. (Ayutthaya, Sukhothai, and Lanna). We have also completed colonising the Northern Nicobar islands and we keep strong navy in the area in case of a native uprising. We dramatically increase the funding for influence of people in Lanna and we change every school into an Ayutthayan school, teaching them our values and how to respect our government. Sukhothai has been reduced in size but is centred around its administrative capital. Our lower house has now a new sector to deal with the district of Lanna and its people. We continue to grow Thai ethnic groups especially in the northern districts. We offer support to Raigama for its recent economic downfall, and in an effort to boost relations we assist Raigamas colonisation of the southern Nicobar island. However, we do this with regard to the Dutch and we do not want to upset relations with the Dutch government in India. We reassure Raigama that we will not take any land that it had previously claimed or was going to take on the Nicobar islands. We also see that China is growing unstable, and we do not want to show ourselves as a threat to its southern vassals. We ask that China deals with its instability before colonial powers take advantage of it. We continue our porduction of the large trading port (Turn Five of Ten) and the slowed growth of our economy. (Due to the latest expenses on stability in our new regions). We make sure to keep our military updated as usual and we begin to heighten our saltpetre trade.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe.
 * Dutch Diplomacy We ask to betroth Willem von Nassau-Orleans to Maria von Habsburg.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesireable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. Meanwhile, we vassalize the surrounding islands near us and Oman, including the island of Masirah. and the Alexandrian enclave in Oman.
 * Mansurryian Dip: 'With us vassalizing Oman and Queshm Island, we  have complete control of the Gulf, and thus create the Compact of the Gulf, which states that any nation that agrees to not attack Mansurryia will have access to the Gulf.
 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports. Mil turn.
 * Oman: Last year, we became a vassal under the Mansuryian Sultanate and the new Govenor was installed under the transitional period. Now that we are officially  under the control of Mansurryia. The Governor implements the Mosque Model in order to restore the infrastructure and economy of our nation. Thus Mosques are constructed nationwide (including the border of Oman and Arabia). Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Last year, we became a vassal under the Mans.Sultanateand the new Governor was installed under the transitional period. Now that we are officially under the control of Mansurryia. The Governor implements the Mosque Model in order to restore the infrastructure and economy of the nation. Thus mosques are constructed nationwide, with special focus on port construction. Infrastructure turn.
 * County of Oldenburg: Tne regiment stationed in Neu Norderney is rotated with another, letting the soldiers return home to Oldenburg. Some decide to stay and transfer into the new regiment, sending word to their families to join them. More trappers and a few families return to the inland areas, but the vast majority are too afraid to consider returning. In Oldenburg there is some infrastructure development, but nothing massive.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Construction continues. Construction sector expands as a result.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,400,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (400,000),  Hurin Qosquo (256,000),Hurin Nazca (100,000), Wanka (99,000), Hanan Nazca (86,000), Hurin Chimor (64,000), Anti Chimor ,(60,000), Aymara (56,000), Willkapampa (35,000), and La Paz (18,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (397,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), Chimor Suyu (124,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, Citiy With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stuning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 120,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Pskov works on the economy and sends another expedition to the New World.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 59, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. After two years of war the economy is recovering. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. A small religious uprising breaks out in Transylvania, a force of 2,500 soldiers is dispatched to pacify the revolt, and within the year the rebels give up their arms. Vladimir has the leaders impaled and the common rabble are pardoned. Dan Drăculești, now 23, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. He is married to a member of the Scandinavian royal family. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities. After the peace of Chernobyl tensions between Russia and Romania begin to cool.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. Romanians now appear to hold a majority in the northern ⅓ of Bulgaria and the total population of Romanians now makes-up 42%.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony resumes expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Roman Empire: Tragicly, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equiped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and committments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibas, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revinue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 40 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The Emperor falls ill towards the end of the year- not surprising, since he's nearly 80. Only China's massive medical knowledge have kept him alive so long, but at this point, it's unlikely he'll survive. We continue to trade with nations like Dai Viet, Ayutthaya, and all those tiny European fuckers, while drawing up a treaty with Spain to trade Pegu for 200 years of free trade, peace, and massively inflated prices on silk, gold, porcelain, etc. The army begins training maneuvers, with almost two million soldiers, mostly militia, being drawn up; it is said that when the armies (There are seven of them) march, the Earth itself shakes. There are seven armies; six armies of 300,000 and one army of the elite 100,000 soldiers. The six normal armies are broken up into two corps of 150,000 each, which in turn are broken up into six divisions of 25,000 soldiers, broken up into five regiments of 5000 soldiers, broken up into five battalions of 1000, broken up into five companies of 200 each, broken up into four platoons of 50 each, broken up into five squads of ten each. The elite army has no corps; it goes straight into the 25,000 man division level. Following the news that the regions are revolting, the full force of China is brought to bear against them.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 637,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the Hererote to help establish Hererote. He brings books with him. (mod response)
 * Mod Response: They accept.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1590, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Queen Catherine and her council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Catherine continues to attempt propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. Prince Albert and Ingrid have a daughter, whom they name Isabelle. In other news, Queen Catherine orders several court scribes and mathematicians to study the new Telesphorian calendar and present her information on it. Bavaria makes an official switch to the Telesphorian Calendar in 1587. In other news, Catherine becomes exceedingly ill in 1590. Prince Albert, while preparing to possibly take the reigns of the throne, accepts the nomination for the HRE chancellery. He states that if he is elected, his son, Franz-Albert, will rule as regent while Albert is away in Augsburg.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1590, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5000 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In other news, the falling of the meteorite frightens many Thuringians. However, the meteorite does little damage, save for a cottage partially damaged by a fire caused by the meteorite landfall. Many see it as a demonic omen, with a few being reminded by the incident of 1561.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Württemberg is proclaimed to be a county, with countship being retained by Queen Catherine. The Queen, acting as Countess Catherine, authorizes the teaching of Bavarian German in several Württemberger schools and colleges. Seeing as how the area has been historically called "Swabia" by most of its inhabitants, and by Austrian suzerains when the area was a Habsburg vassal, Queen Catherine adds the prefix of 'Swabia' to the official name of the province. Elevation to a Duchy will occur upon the death of Queen Catherine, and a Duke will be appointed.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Raigama: Because of the strains of the First Raigaman War, the increase in the size of the navy, which is an expensive thing, the founding of a new colony two years after the war, the quota system imposed by the Dutch, which takes out much of what's necessary for improvement, and other general mismanagements, the Raigaman economy implodes. The colony in the Nicobar Isles collapses (2 pixels left) due to the expense of maintaining and expanding the colony. The navy and many merchant ships fall out of disuse as they are too expensive to handle (Awww Shittt M8). To try to help the Raigaman peoples, suffering the brunt of the recession, King Samir signs a 1590 amendment to the Treaty of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte. The amendment mainly changes quotas. Other changes were although Nava Kotte or other establishments are still in possession of Raigama, they will be administered by a Dutch governor and strictly follow Dutch laws. Raigama also accepts and thanks for the Ayutthayan support for the recession and Nava Kotte, which barely, but do decrease the serverity of the depression. This turn is absolutely officially dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Raigama out of the recession. Although some Dutch merchants stay, some leave as the recession sets in and profits disappear. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. Both the military and the navy are having troubles due to less funding. Population slightly increases. King Samir turns 58, and many start to see the stress begin to slightly deterriorate his health.
 * Kotte: As the vassal's economy is closely tied, they also get hit with the recession
 * Nava Kotte: The colony/trade post decreases to [2 px], and most of the colony is lost but the Northwest coast.
 * To Mods: Please give an event when Raigama comes leaves the depression.
 * Zapoteca: Continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Zapoteca: Continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1591
'''During this year’s Atlantic hurricane about eight intense hurricanes occur in the Imperial Sea and surrounding area, contributing to one of the harshest years on record. Individual storms damage settlements in Florida, Cuba, Texas, and other neighboring areas. '''

'''Poor harvests occur all across Europe, caused primarily from the weather, a pattern typical to the last third of the sixteenth century, causing famine in many parts of the continent and food riots in Britannia. '''

'''The Uighur and the Jin revolt, leading to many small states west of Xi’an and north of Chu to revolt due to the lack of opposition by the Chinese, who find a majority of their nation revolting. Min takes control of Taiwan.(Scores undoubled: Military: 8 Economy:7 Infrastructure:5)'''

Seeing the futility of staying the vassals of China, Cambodia, Lan Xang, the Haixi Jurchens, the Mongol Khanate, and the Great Liao Empire end their vassalage.

The Netherlands begins to suffer major problems in attempting to administer Malacca and Brunei with the Netherlands forces unable to keep up with the native forces attacking them off and on.
 * Wut wut wut? ^^ - Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk)

Largely because they are unable to do so, the states of Bahmni and Jaunpur refuse to pay their debts to Urdustan.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, King Nuno dies, and his son João is crowned King of Portugal as João IV.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * New Pomerania: The storms damage several coastal settlements, with Deutschinsel being hit the worst, and the unamed OTL Eleuthera outpost is suprisingly unharmed. Due to the famines in Europe we manage to increase our income significantly by growing more fruits and increasing variety for export. Unfortunately, this requires a lot of land and increases land tensions between Injuns, New Pomeranians, and Europeans on the peninsula, and many people feel as though it is time to go to war for the rest of the peninsula and for lost lands. Our roadsystem continues to be built and Neu Danzig and Blitzburg are now connected by a carriage-suitable road, but the project is far from done in connecting the rest of the fledgling nation.We expand inland 25 px.
 * Hungary: We add more troops to our army thus reaching an army of 50,000 plus cannons shot upward are now in use for our soldiers and same with cannons with two wheels both reaching popularity among soldiers. Our economy increases as trade with Yemen. Romania and Croatia bring in loads of goods from other countries. We would also like to buy a port from Romania. We hear about some African country from some Dutch Merchants.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We ask for an alliance and trade agreement with the nation of Hungary.
 * Hungary We would gladly accept your trade proposal and alliance offer.
 * Vorlayacor: The northwest population surge continues; the population of the entire nation rises over 800,000. The road system is upgraded and expanded once more. Additionally, the military begins building a network of forts in the recently acquired areas.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1591, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Prince Regent Franz-Albert and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, Prince Regent Franz-Albert continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. In other news, Crown Prince Albert is elected to the Chancellery. He leaves for Augsburg in November of 1590 and names Franz-Albert as regent should the Queen die in the next five years. Catherine's illness seems to subside in early February, and she undergoes a strong rally from her sickness. The recovery is only temporary, however, and by May she is bedridden and sick. Queen Catherine signs her last will and testament on May 21. In her will, she names Albert as her successor, and seeing as how he is in Augsburg, she names her eldest grandson, Franz-Albert, as regent. Queen Catherine dies on June 12, 1591, at the age of 72, having ruled for 45 years, 5 months, and 26 days. Her last breath is taken in her bedchamber, surrounded by her present children and grandchildren, as well as several castle servants, scribes, and parliamentarians. A carriage is immediately dispatched for Augsburg on June 12, to notify Albert of the news. The carriage reaches Augsburg two days later, and Albert is notified of his mother's death. Saddened, and reportedly having wept at the news, Albert proclaims Franz-Albert as the Crown Prince of Bavaria. The envoy sent from Landshut proclaim Albert as Albert III, King of Bavaria. The funeral for Catherine is set to take place on June 2, her birthday. The great powers of Europe, including Hispania, France, Britannia, Austria, Scandinavia, Westphalia, Rome, Hamburg, and Prussia are invited to the funeral taking place next year. The elevation of Swabia-Württemberg will take place next year. In domestic news, the bad crop harvests raises fear of a famine. The Prince-Regent sends out several envoys to the major cities of Bavaria, attempting to quell fears and anxieties among the population. By December, the effects of near-famine are felt all over the country, with starvation becoming a very real threat. Franz-Albert authorizes the powers of several mayors and low-level administrators to ration food. The Curia Bavaria amplify trade with several European powers in order to curb the famine. In royal news, six of the seven of King Albert's children are offered for marriage. These include: Crown Prince and Regent Franz-Albert (aged 25), Karl (aged 17), Johann (aged 15), Ioannes (aged 13), Maria-Caroline (aged 12), and Isabelle (aged 9). NOTE: All of these marriages were agreed to with other players on chat. I'm just putting them on the main page to solidify the deals.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1591, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Albert III, Prince Regent Franz-Albert, and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Dutch Diplomacy: We ask to marry Karl von Wittlesbach to Charlotte van Nassau-Orleans.
 * Bavarian Dip: We accept the offer.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 671,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante. (mod response)
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Our nation begins to rebuild after the war of Romanian aggression has taken place. The economy begins to get restored as people are purchasing war bonds. We attend the funeral in Bavaria. Military development continues with our navy construction more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: We expand 750km south on the Lesser Imperial Isles.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan. Monarch Hyohye dies this year of old age, and Prince Yeongchang becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. Meanwhile, we vassalized Somalia (Turn Three of Five) by spreading our influence through trade and secretly launching attacks on their merchant ships thus forcing them to depend heavily on us. Mil turn and Eco Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Damascan is requested to sign a Free Trade Agreement with Yemen in order to increase trade between the two states and decrease the tariffs and in support of the Damascan Sultanate in their war against the Turkish rebel states, the Sultanate of Damascus is requested to return the land bought near Hejaz to Yemen due to most of Yemen being desert and the land near Hejaz being one of the few fertile areas. Sultan Sulimen III of Damascus is also requested to sign an agreement with Sultan Ahmad of Yemen to share control over the Straits of Mandeb and replicate the Philadelphi Canal Agreement for the Red Sea Opening, thus granting Yemen and Damascus access to the designs of the warships of several nations as well protection provided by those states that use the Red Sea for access to Asia
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 14.1 million and growing thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania agrees to the Dutch offer and Hispania offer to marry our crown prince to the Maria-Caroline of Bavaria.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Aztecs: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing the population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 50,000 Spaniards live in the Aztec nation. The Aztecs expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 640,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * Bavarian Dip: We thank the Hispanic Emperor for his acceptance of the marriage offer. Maria-Caroline will be sent over to Hispania when she reaches the age of 15, in 1594.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4000 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 550 sq km. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to influence and take control over our Nicobar islands. We continue developing our trade port (Turn Five of Ten). We make sure our economy starts recovering from the latest expenses and that our vassals have a large amount of stability. We do not take sides with the latest incident in China and we wish to remain currently neutral towards the vassals.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy declines drastically due to the crop failures, and many are in danger of starvation. Quite a number of people emigrate to Neu Norderney.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Constructionon the cathedral dome comes to a standstill due to the poor harvests. The collectivised Church farms do their best to provide enough food for the population, but still many starve and are forced to eat bark, grass, etc.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The composition of the Holy Roman Empire’s electors is rearranged to balance out the empire following the war with France. To replace the Archbishops of Trier and Cologne that were annexed by France, St Gall and Salzburg are both elevated to archbishop-electors. Lastly the Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg is elevated to elector status.  Possible Royal Marriages:


 * Leopold von Habsburg (1572) - grandson of Emperor Ferdinand I.
 * Margaret von Habsburg (1568) - granddaughter of Emperor Ferdinand I, Leopold's cousin.
 * Charles von Habsburg (1556) - nephew of Emperor Ferdinand I, great grandson of famed chancellor Balthasar.
 * Constance von Habsburg (1558) - brother in law of Charles, great grandson of famed chancellor Balthasar.
 * Barbara von Habsburg (1560) - Constance's brother.
 * Ursala von Habsburg (1560) - daughter of Lothar II, Margrave of Brandenburg (in exile) and Duke of Lusatia, daughter in law of the Emperor of Britannia.
 * Magnus von Habsburg (1564) - son of Lothar II, son of law of the Emperor of Britannia.
 * Margaret von Wettin (1547) - daughter of Frederick II von Wettin.
 * Frederick II von Wettin (1550) - deposed duke of Saxony.
 * Maurice von Wettin (1549) - Frederick II's brother in law.
 * Frederick von Württemberg (1547)  - cousin of Johann I of Swabia.
 * Johann I von Württemberg (1550) - Duke of Swabia. Wed to Irene Strategopoulos (1570).
 * Christoph von Württemberg (1555) - brother of Johann I.
 * Otto von Habsburg-Wittlesbach (1570) - son of Aygöl of the Tartary and Ulrich, brother of the deposed King of Poland.
 * Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittlesbach (1572) - daughter of Aygöl of the Tartary and Ulrich, brother of the deposed King of Poland.Wed to Edmund von Jülich.
 * Bavarian Dip: Edmund von Jülich, current governor/viceroy of the colony of Neu Bayern would accept a marriage with Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach.
 * Zapoteca: The harvests in the northern part of the country suffer due to the storm systems. More reliance is put on the fishing industry to compensate for this loss. Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,424,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (95,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the childs mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimor ,(90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, Citiy With the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stuning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 120,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the final two European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 60, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. After two years of war the economy is recovering. The policies of the last few years are abandoned as the evidence of strong growth mounts. The sudden upswing of last year continues, comparatively vast wealth begins to enter Romania. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as wealthy persons are able to purchase vast estates that produce huge surpluses of food. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. A small religious uprising breaks out in Transylvania, a force of 2500 soldiers is dispatched to pacify the revolt, and within the year the rebels give up their arms. Vladimir has the leaders impaled and the common rabble is pardoned. Dan Drăculești, now 24, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. Dan has a daughter, Teodora, who is a grumpy but strong baby. The Eastern Trade Co. begins to reactivate its facilities. After the peace of Chernobyl tensions between Russia and Romania begin to cool. Several Senators and Dan attend the funeral of Queen Catherine. Dan is taken by the Bavarian landscape and hopes to make allies of Albert III in the future.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * "Haylch:' After the defeat of Russia Volhynia has become a vassal of Romania. The Prince a new monarch installed by Romanian backers renames the nation Haylch and begins to repair the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony resumes expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Attica: Emperor Thomas II decides to grant Claudius Strategopoulos and his family control over the Despotate of Attica. Despot Claudius I decides to start his reign by restoring the Acropolis and Parthenon in Athens, to their former glory. He also decides to spend money on the building of infrastructure in order to improve trade with other regions of the Roman Emprie.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 40 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The Emperor falls ill towards the end of the year- not surprising, since he's nearly 80. Only China's massive medical knowledge have kept him alive so long, but at this point, it's unlikely he'll survive. We continue to trade with nations like Dai Viet, Ayutthaya, and all those tiny European fuckers, while drawing up a treaty with Spain to trade Pegu for 200 years of free trade, peace, and massively inflated prices on silk, gold, porcelain, etc. The army begins training maneuvers, with almost two million soldiers, mostly militia, being drawn up; it is said that when the armies (There are seven of them) march, the Earth itself shakes. There are seven armies; six armies of 300,000 and one army of the elite 100,000 soldiers. The six normal armies are broken up into two corps of 150,000 each, which in turn are broken up into six divisions of 25,000 soldiers, broken up into five regiments of 5000 soldiers, broken up into five battalions of 1000, broken up into five companies of 200 each, broken up into four platoons of 50 each, broken up into five squads of ten each. The elite army has no corps; it goes straight into the 25,000 man division level. Following the news that the regions are revolting, the full force of China is brought to bear against them.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. Meanwhile, we vassalize the surrounding islands near us and Oman, including the island of Masirah  (Turn Two of Five) and the Alexandrian enclave in Oman. (Turn Two of Five)
 * Mansurryian Dip: 'With us vassalizing Oman and Queshm Island, we  have complete control of the Gulf, and thus create the Compact of the Gulf, which states that any nation that agrees to not attack Mansurryia will have access to the Gulf.
 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Raigama: This turn is absolutely officially dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Raigama out of the recession. Although some Dutch merchants stay, some leave as the recession sets in and profits disappear. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. Both the military and the navy are having troubles due to less funding. Population slightly increases. King Samir turns 59, and many start to see the stress begin to slightly deterriorate his health.
 * Kotte: As the vassal's economy is closely tied, they also get hit with the recession
 * Nava Kotte: Even thought aid is being sent to Nava Kotte, currently there is no expansion, and the government is trying to keep the colony on its feet.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Pskov: Continues to rebuild the nation, even the less-densely populated eastern fringes. Some towns like Luki begin to become more and more populous due to the Novgorodian republicans that have made their home there. The harsh conditions do little to Pskov this year, as the lessened harvest can still be attributed officially to the costs of war. Pskov`s countryside is almost completely but the farther out you go towards the borders, the worse it gets. Very happy about the esential annulment of the treaty of Pskov (and utter humiliation of Russia), Pskov`s treasury is comfortably sitting on a small cussion, and is able to both pay back its loans and give some out (to nations like Hispania). The Bank of Pskov opens more branches in Hispania, France, the Tatary, and Scandinavia, Spreading farther across Europe. Pskov's bounce back is nearly complete, and plans to build more defensive forts along the routes and borders gains the Veche's approval, and this includes a project to Revitalize the town of Luki into a vibrant border city. The Nizhegorodsk arsenal continues to pop out ships by the dozen. Business slowly comes back to the city, and astronomers at the Academy of Sciences continue their observations.

1592
'''The competitive wrestling sport of Sumo (相撲 sumō) wrestling becomes a professional sport in Japan. '''

'''Angered by their deposition as rulers of Saxony by the Wittlesbachs of Bavaria, Frederick II and Maurice I von Wettin lead a popular revolt, with Frederick leading Saxony, and Maurice leading Thuringia. They manage to seize large portions of territory in the duchy, and begin preparing for a possible Bavarian invasion into their territory (Undoubled scores for both: Military: 10, Economy: 10, Infrastructure: 5).'''

Saxony and Thuringia no longer exist, as they were consolidated in 1561 under the larger province of Greater Saxony. This event should not read Undoubled scores for "both", as the scores should only apply once to a single province: Greater Saxony. Cookiedamage (talk) 00:33, August 12, 2014 (UTC)

'''This event split them into two. - Mscoree'''

'''If he doesn't get these all back for whatever reason that is not a free pass to go in and vassalize them, it's implausible. -Feud'''


 * Hungary: Military increases and trade with Austria booms our economy increasing it. We would like to start trade through poland to France.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1592, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. In other news, Prince Regent Franz-Albert II continues to rule in his father's place while he himself is Chancellor in Augsburg. However, Franz-Albert's job is made exceedingly difficult when Greater Saxony collapses to revolt in late April. Saxony and Thuringia, now under the command of the rebellious Wettin family, is now a direct threat to Bavaria. Franz-Albert meets with the Curia Bavaria on May 11. After several heated debates, Prince-Regent Franz-Albert and the Curia Bavaria declare war on the rebel states of Saxony and Thuringia. Before hand, however, Franz-Albert authorized the full mobilization of the army and siege equipment. To make matters worse, Albert III dies on October 16 in Augsburg of an apparent stroke. Now having to deal with a war, two funerals, and a looming coronation for his own self, Franz-Albert is proclaimed as King Franz-Albert II of Bavaria on October 18. We send 50,000 troops to Saxony and Thuringia. We ask for military support from Westphalia, France, Scandinavia, and Hispania.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1591, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. We declare war on Saxony and Thuringia. We send 25,000 troops and siege equipment.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Albert III, Prince Regent Franz-Albert, and Grand Duke Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. The province falls to rebellion in 1592.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. We declare war on Saxony and Thuringia. We send 25,000 troops and siege equipment.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Albert III and Prince Regent Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Empire of Britannia Dip: Emperor William and his son Alfred and daughter, Mary, travel to the funeral of Catherine. The Empire, after careful consideration, feels it is also in the best interest of Central Europe and Britannia if Bavaria remains in control of Saxony/Thuringia, a token force of 5000 men are granted to be used by Bavaria to help quell the revolts.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Wolfgang I proposes that the Wettins and Wittlesbach meet for peace talks in Wittenberg governered by him in order to find a lasting peace. It is proposed that Albert and Maurice be allowed to rule their respective realms, but as vassals of Albert III, or with Frederick as elector, and a Wittlesbach vassal as duke (as was custom in this time).


 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka continues to replace the existing currency.
 * ​Urdustani Diplomacy: To address the diminishing funds of the Urdustani Sultanate, we offer the final two European nations to respond, exclusive opium and cotton trades, which were previously not extensively traded in.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. Meanwhile, we vassalize the surrounding islands near us and Oman, including the island of Masirah  (Turn Three of Five) and the Alexandrian enclave in Oman. (Turn Three of Five)
 * Mansurryian Dip: With us vassalizing Oman and Queshm Island, we  have complete control of the Gulf, and thus create the Compact of the Gulf, which states that any nation that agrees to not attack Mansurryia will have access to the Gulf.
 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn. (May someone copy and paste this until 1595? If not, until 1600?)
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: We continue to rebuild after the war. Economy slowly begins to restore from the recession following the war with Pskov. Military development continues with our navy constructing more vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: After several years, the island of Nowy Krakow (Dominica) has finally been completely settled. Several attempts to colonize the island named Kraktów (OTL: Martinique) have ended in calamity as settlers who were attempting to land on the island were fired upon by tribes. With the refusal of the General Sejm to send more troops in order to put down the tribes, Governor Klimas decides to colonize the two islands north of St Stanislaus, named Lechów (OTL: Montserrat) and Wądas (OTL: Antigua and Barbuda). By the end of the year Lechów was completely settled by Polish colonists and Wądas’s coast has been secured.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland sends 25,000 to Thuringia and Saxony to help in the uprising to the Bavarians
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. Meanwhile, we vassalized Somalia (Turn Four of Five) by spreading our influence through trade and secretly launching attacks on their merchant ships thus forcing them to depend heavily on us for trade and protection of Somali merchants. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Damascan is requested to sign a Free Trade Agreement with Yemen in order to increase trade between the two states and decrease the tariffs and in support of the Damascan Sultanate in their war against the Turkish rebel states, the Sultanate of Damascus is requested to return the land bought near Hejaz to Yemen due to most of Yemen being desert and the land near Hejaz being one of the few fertile areas. Sultan Sulimen III of Damascus is also requested to sign an agreement with Sultan Ahmad of Yemen to share control over the Straits of Mandeb and replicate the Philadelphi Canal Agreement for the Red Sea Opening, thus granting Yemen and Damascus access to the designs of the warships of several nations as well protection provided by those states that use the Red Sea for access to Asia.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania offers to offer direct assistance to Bavaria sending 5000 of her own troops in addition to troops from other subjects to help Bavaria as well as supplies, etc. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable. Italy supports Bavaria alongside Spain sending 10,000 troops.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on. Savoy deploys 5000 troops and hopes to gain preferential trade within Bavaria in exchange for help.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy. Lombardy assists Bavaria sending 5000 troops
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture. The tactics of quarantine are implemented to hold off more Bubonic plague. its estimated that nearly 2000 people are killed during the outbreak.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The Colonial settlers with their large demographic holding large sway over the Spanish economy petition for the rights of all Spanish landowners in the colonies not just New Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A mix of Spanish garrison troops and Zulu troops are organized into a force of about 5000 to defend the colony.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 30,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor.
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 707,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response)
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to recover our economy and carefully monitor our vassals. We continue removing non-Thai people from Lanna and Sukhothai. We make sure that the natives don't overthrow us on the Nicobar islands and we decide to remove the small population to just one Nicobar island where their culture can continue to grow under our administration. This will be done on Teresa and Bompoka islands. We make sure to also move all their cultural buildings and preserve those that can not be moved. Furthermore we claim the remaining Nicobar islands as strictly Thai islands and all other non-Thai people will be removed and put into camps on mainland Ayutthaya. Our main populations of non-Thai people are now in camps away from any major city. We continue to develop our major salt petre trading port which is now at (Turn Six of Ten) and our military technology continues to grow slowly. We make sure to cut spending on many infrastructure to help our grow. We continue to remain neutral in this situation with China. We continue to offer support to Raigama in the Nicobar islands.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to China: We offer you your people in Ayutthaya free passage to your country to ethnicely cleanse Ayutthaya.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Dai Viet: We offer you your people in Ayutthaya free passage to your country to ethnically cleanse Ayutthaya.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Lao (Mod response): We offer you your people in Ayutthaya free passage to your country to ethnicely cleanse Ayutthaya.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Cambodia (Mod response): We offer you your people in Ayutthaya free passage to your country to ethnicely cleanse Ayutthaya.
 * County of Oldenburg: The harvests are better this year, and there are no further deaths from starvation. The economy is stuck in a slump however. At least a hundred emigrate to Neu Norderney. Groups of bandits roam the countryside, and the Regent puts a lot of energy into maintaining order.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work on the dome remains stalled. Some in the town are of the opinion that the unfinished dome looks nice enough as it is.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. Prince William and children attend Catherine of Bavaria's funeral. 
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km around the island.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia continues vassalizing the Huron, taking advantage of their situation (Turn Two of Three). They offer to train the Huron in trading and combat to protect themselves against Illinikew in exchange for exclusive trading deals with Scandinavia. In the meantime, Scandinavia requests to purchase L'nu territory, them having a claim on the OTL Quebec area. In the meantime, Scandinavia begins groundwork on the University of Stockholm, the King wishing for higher education to be more available to Swedes. The University of Copenhagen is also renovated for more lecture halls.
 * Brandenburg: The economy is expanded.
 * Finland: The nation expands by 3500 sq km and expands its economy.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy is expanded.
 * Hamnklaus: Expands by 250 sq km this year. The economy is expanded.
 * Holstein: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded.
 * Karelia: The economy is expanded. Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Lubeck: The city works on rebuilding. The economy expands.
 * Pomerania: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: Expansion down the St Lawrence river earns 2000 sq km for Strombek. The economy is improved.
 * Vinland: Vinland begins expanding to the west by 2000 sq km. The economy is expanded.
 * Vorlayacor: The University of Vorlayacor, eager to access and influence a larger swath of people, begins a program to teach younglings in Machitonis and Nov Xoryan to read. Missionaries in Machitonis begin to build a large cathedral there. In the northwest provinces, roads and forts continue to be constructed. More people continue to move to these newly claimed areas to pursue agriculture and trade with independent tribes. Approximately 40% of the nation identify as Tapuia as opposed to the 60% who identify as Mapuche.
 * Ankara: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin training a standing army for the purpose of defending our nation. Although they were once our enemies, we ask for an alliance with the Damascan Sultanate, as we believe other external forces are far more dangerous to our sovereignty than Damascus. We also secretly offer support in a war with them to take back other states in Anatolia in exchange for a percentage of the land. We also ask for an alliance with the Mansuriyya Sultanate, Urdustan, and entrance into the United Islamic Nations.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 61, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The damage of the war in Russia and in Poland are repaired, and the economy continues its inexorable upward trend. The expansion and growth is product to years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals begins to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 24, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. A son is born to Dan, the boy will perhaps be the consul of Romania. Teodora is now an infant of 1 year. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * "Halych:' Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony continue expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Chagatai is a Suri vassal 
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Westphalia: Wilhelm IV falls ill, and eventually dies. Moritz I arises to power, cementing a dynastic union between Bavaria and Westphalia. We improve the infrastructure.
 * East Trier: We improve the infrastructure.
 * East Cologne: We improve the infrastructure.
 * Mainz: We improve the infrastructure.
 * Palatine: We improve the infrastructure.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Attica: Despot Claudius I marries Princess Anna of the Netherlands who is one of the Sisters of the current king of the Netherlands, King William III. Despot Claudius's sister Irene Strategopoulos is married to the current duke of Swabia, Johann I von Wurrtemburg. Restoration of the Acropolis and Parthenon is being continued in Athens. Infrastructure in the Despotate of Attica starts to improve after Despot Claudius I decided to establish public works. In December, Despotina Anna becomes pregnant with the Child of Despot Claudius.
 * Trade continues to boom in China, even as its other foreign policies turn more and more isolationist. We sign more trade treaties with the nations around us, leading to another boom in trade - one learned navy official estimates that 27% of the world's trade passes through China, money which is used to massively expand infrastructure. Three new roads are built, connecting Beijing with Lanzhou, Nanjing and Harbin. All vassals improve their economies. The medical experimenting over the last 40 years has discovered huge amounts about the human body and its afflictions, and at the low cost of 2000 beggars pulled off the streets, and the aging Emperor doesn't really give a shit about them, nor, for that matter, does anyone else. The results of the 20 years of experiments - cures to thousands of diseases, an understanding for the need for cleanliness in doctors - are published in a book - known to the Europeans as the Encyclopedia Medica. The military continues to train, with massive expansions in size and training programs. A militia system is set up so that over a million irregulars can be raised in the case of an invasion. The full strength of the army that can be raised, in the case of a massive invasion, is 1.9 million soldiers, though most - 1.5 million - would be irregulars. The recruitment, and the militias, are expected to be completed by 1575, due to delays, with another five years for training. The navy, too, continues its policy of expansion, hoping to expand to 5000 warships by 1600. Meanwhile, the grain silos of each province are restocked and expanded. The Emperor falls ill towards the end of the year- not surprising, since he's nearly 80. Only China's massive medical knowledge have kept him alive so long, but at this point, it's unlikely he'll survive. We continue to trade with nations like Dai Viet, Ayutthaya, and all those tiny European fuckers, while drawing up a treaty with Spain to trade Pegu for 200 years of free trade, peace, and massively inflated prices on silk, gold, porcelain, etc. The army begins training maneuvers, with almost two million soldiers, mostly militia, being drawn up; it is said that when the armies (There are seven of them) march, the Earth itself shakes. There are seven armies; six armies of 300,000 and one army of the elite 100,000 soldiers. The six normal armies are broken up into two corps of 150,000 each, which in turn are broken up into six divisions of 25,000 soldiers, broken up into five regiments of 5000 soldiers, broken up into five battalions of 1000, broken up into five companies of 200 each, broken up into four platoons of 50 each, broken up into five squads of ten each. The elite army has no corps; it goes straight into the 25,000 man division level. Following the news that the regions are revolting, the full force of CHina is brought to bear against them.
 * Raigama: This turn is absolutely officially dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Raigama out of the recession. Although some Dutch merchants stay, some leave as the recession sets in and profits disappear. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. Both the military and the navy are having troubles due to less funding. Population slightly increases. King Samir turns 60, and many start to see the stress begin to slightly deterriorate his health.
 * Kotte: As the vassal's economy is closely tied with the Raigaman economy, Kotte was also hit with the recession. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Kotte out of the recession.
 * Nava Kotte: Even though aid is being sent to Nava Kotte, currently there is no expansion, and the government is trying to keep the colony on its feet. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Nava Kotte out of the recession.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Pskov: Continues to rebuild the nation, even the less-densely populated eastern fringes. Some towns like Luki begin to become more and more populous due to the ovgorodian republicans that have made their home there. The harsh conditions do little to Pskov this year, as the lessened harvest can still be attributed officially to the costs of war. Pskov's countryside is almost completely but the farther out you go towards the borders, the worse it gets. Very happy about the essential annulment of the treaty of Pskov (and utter humiliation of Russia), Pskov's treasury is comfortably sitting on a small cushion, and is able to both pay back its loans and give some out (to nations like Hispania). The Bank of Pskov opens more branches in Hispania, France, the Tatary, and Scandinavia, Spreading farther across Europe. Pskov's bounce back is nearly complete, and plans to build more defensive forts along the routes and borders gains the Veche's approval, and this includes a project to revitalize the town of Luki into a vibrant border city. The Nizhegorodsk arsenal continues to pop out ships by the dozen. Business slowly comes back to the city, and astronomers at the Academy of Sciences continue their observations.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 75 px north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1593
'''A bad harvest leads to a heavy famine in the nation of Prussia, killing approximately half of the population of the Lithuania Minor region. '''

'''A rebellion of Sangley Chinese in Manila breaks out in the Philippines. The governor of the Spanish Philippines is killed leading an attack against a rebel position while heavily outnumbered. Before the attack he calls his fellow officers cowards, retorting "twenty-five Spaniards were enough to conquer the whole of China".'''

'''Quick note, anybody vassalizing within Chagatai and Suri areas needs to stop, Suri is an empire and controls those territories. They can't be vassalized. Any further vassalization of them is retconned. -Feud'''


 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of Al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): With Yemen having tightened its grip around Somalia, Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle gave orders to the military to march to the King's Palace and overthrow him, and to avoid bloodshed so the people of Al-Somal do not think of the Yemeni military as an occupying force. Nevertheless, the King of Al-Somal was overthrown in a near bloodless coup d'état and was to be replaced by the younger brother of the Sultan of Yemen, Prince Hamza bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle. With the majority of Somali people still showing distrust and anger towards the Yemeni military, orders were given to disarm the military of Somalia and to form the Al-Somal Al Yemen Militia that would maintain order and discipline in Al-Somal and carry out massacres against all those tribes and families attempting to liberate Somalia from Yemen's grip. Meanwhile, however, most Somali people that had settled near the coast supported Yemeni control due to the promise made by the Sultan of Yemen to develop the areas by the coast and turn Al-Somal into a flourishing nation; thus 'massacres' were not allowed to be conducted by the militia near the coast for fear that all of the Somali people would turn against Yemen. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Damascan is requested to sign a Free Trade Agreement with Yemen in order to increase trade between the two states and decrease the tariffs and in support of the Damascan Sultanate in their war against the Turkish rebel states, the Sultanate of Damascus is requested to return the land bought near Hejaz to Yemen due to most of Yemen being desert and the land near Hejaz being one of the few fertile areas. Sultan Sulimen III of Damascus is also requested to sign an agreement with Sultan Ahmad of Yemen to share control over the Straits of Mandeb and replicate the Philadelphi Canal Agreement for the Red Sea Opening, thus granting Yemen and Damascus access to the designs of the warships of several nations as well protection provided by those states that use the Red Sea for access to Asia
 * Romanian Diplomats: We extend an offer to purchase much of the interior, and some coastal territory from Al-Somal, in exchange for 150,000 Romanian Gold Leu.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Hungary: We expand our military and trade with other countries increase our economy with traders from Austria, Yemen, Croatia, and Poland causing a boom in our exports.
 * China: We ask all warlords to join together to make a grand council to rule all of China together peacefuly. We expand our military and our economy and infrastructure increases.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 744,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante. (mod response).
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seeing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland sends 25,000 to Thuringia and Saxony to help in the uprising to the Bavarians
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Ayutthaya: Building our large trading port is now (Turn Seven of Ten). We continue to gain major control over Lanna and our Nicobar islands. As no one has accepted our trade of people we begin to rall them into mass camps which are now given the nick name of "Final Home" or "Final House" and we try to arrest any population that tries to break out. We make sure our stability continues as normal and we re-assure the Thai population that getting rid of foreign population will benifit them. We especially focus on our economy and we hope to fully recover it after having to mobilise a lot of our military to keep Vassals under our control. We are still giving other nations the chance for us to peacefully hand over their populations. 
 * ​Hispanian Dip: We offer to take in some of these unwanted peoples. We also warned that if it is discovered that any European peoples under the umbrella of the empire are discovered in these camps, the Ayutthaya will suffer the consequences.
 * Ayutthayan Diplomacy to Hispania: We re-assure Hispania that their ethnic populations under the Kingdom of Ayutthaya are not present in such camps and that we would not want to put European peoples in such positions. We will have you know that these camps hold only Viet, Chinese (Han) and other Malaysian or East Asian based ethnic groups other than Thai. We have also free trade and normal passage through Dawei and that your Hispanian people can freely move between Ayutthaya and the Hisanpian Enclave.
 * |on Diplomacy: How many do you want me to take?
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania offers to offer direct assistance to Bavaria sending 5000 of her own troops in addition to troops from other subjects to help Bavaria as well as supplies, etc. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy. Following a large scale census within the empire it is revealed the global empire and all her possessions maintain a population of nearly 62.5 million and growing but with an expected dip downward as native populations die out from disease in the Americas
 * Dutch Diplomacy: We ask to marry Maria Le Habsburg to Lodewijk van Nassau-Orleans.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gunmaker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of mixed Spanish and Italian descent. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Viceroy Hernan Alacantra develops a council system for small colonial villages and settlements and to mirror the parliament back in Spain creates a Colonial parliament in Buenos Aires. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The Colonial settlers with their large demographic holding large sway over the Spanish economy petition for the rights of all Spanish landowners in the colonies not just New Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. A group of Khoikhoi peoples rise in a primitive but armed revolt against the Spanish colonists. However, in an unprecedented show of loyalty and military aptitude, the christianized colonial Zulu troops under command of a Spaniard captain and his retinue of about 50 heavily armed troops in addition to the nearly 200 Zulus put down the Khoikhoi within two days. Being Christian these Zulus let survivors flee to other tribes just farther north and tell the tales of the Spanish military effectiveness and their mercy. The colony becoming increasingly rich from Spanish global trade pays a bonus to all these Zulu troops as long as they're Christian, most of whom are.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 45,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the Population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * County of Oldenburg: The country gets basically back to normal, and the harvest is very good in comparison with the past two years. The economy slowly improves. Almost no-one emigrates to Neu Norderney- a sure sign that things areimproving. In said colony the timber industry expands, employing many men in the cutting down, transporting and processing of trees.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Although the economy is much improved, work does not restart on the cathedral's dome. Many have come to love its unfinished nature. In fact, a rich nobleman commissions a builder to dismantle part of his villa's roof, emulating the cathedral's style.
 * Tibet: More Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the silk roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We finish vassalizing Nepal by sending the last of monks into their nation. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is become bigger due to new tech and more people joining.


 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chagatia: We build up our millitary and economy.
 * You're banned and you don't own Chagatai its Suri empire -Feud
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and 'economy 'improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,466,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 120,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Pskov: Continues to rebuild the nation, even the less-densely populated eastern fringes. Some towns like Luki begin to become more and more populous due to the Novgorodian republicans that have made their home there. The harsh conditions do little to Pskov this year, as the lessened harvest can still be attributed officially to the costs of war. Pskov's countryside is almost completely but the farther out you go towards the borders, the worse it gets. Very happy about the essential annulment of the treaty of Pskov (and utter humiliation of Russia), Pskov's treasury is comfortably sitting on a small cushion, and is able to both pay back its loans and give some out (to nations like Hispania). The Bank of Pskov opens more branches in Hispania, France, the Tatary, and Scandinavia, Spreading farther across Europe. Pskov's bounce back is nearly complete, and plans to build more defensive forts along the routes and borders gains the Veche's approval, and this includes a project to revitalize the town of Luki into a vibrant border city. The Nizhegorodsk arsenal continues to pop out ships by the dozen. Business slowly comes back to the city, and astronomers at the Academy of Sciences continue their observations. Pskov's small trade posts near the OTL Virgin Islands become pretty much permanant, having a small population and growing to encompass more and more. Pskov still has some outposts on the Island of Novopskovsk (Puerto Rico) ... BUT ARE SMALL AND OVERALL UNIMPORTANT AND CAN BE ABANDONED IF ASKED REALLY POLITELY. The Veche votes to create the Company of the Imperial Islands, and it is put in charge of runing a profitable business, and will be ordered to abandon trade outposts if they become unprofitable. An astronomer, Iosif Lopushin, after much time observing the heavens, and, under the understanding of the heliocentric model, devises the three laws of planetary motion. He realises that the motion of the planets does not, in fact, follow a circular path, but instead an eliptical one, and after much time and effort, is able to derive his laws into mathematical equasions, and words, publishing his findings after being peer-reviewed by the University of Pskov. His findings are considered a great proof of the planet's Heliocentric nature, which while adopted by the majority of Pskovian scholars, is still not adhered to by many Europeans. Hopefully, Lopushin's tome, Законы Вращения Планет (Latin: Leges Planetarum Orbes; English: Laws of the Planetary Orbits). The Laws of Planetary Motion circulate throughout Europe, and to the new world as well. Some research into magnets and compases begins to be worked on in the University's Academy of Sciences.
 * Pskovian Company of the Imperial Isles: The main base of operations is set up near the location of modern day San Juan, with other posts on the OTL US and British Virgin Islands. Some settlers are brought and are ordered to help set up some sugarcane farms, although it is mostly some locals that do the work. The era of Pskovian Colonization will soon begin. Please, people, don't get pissed at locations, if somebody has a problem with anything, please PM me or post on my talk, I have put a pretty good failsafe into the colonies, "the Veche deems them unprofitable and orders their abandonment". So please, before resorting to war, let us resort to diplomacy, please?
 * ​Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children, at the age of four, begin their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, beginst to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka replaces the existing currency, creating whole new markets that restore the Urdustani Taka from its diminishing levels.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues. The Urdustani Taka replaces the existing currency, creating whole new markets that restore the Urdustani Taka from its diminishing levels.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Day to day activities begin to return to normal as many parts of the economy see their continuation following the short war. Those Hindu militants that repented their ways to a more peaceful form of Hinduism are given local administrative jobs over different countships. Subsequently, many Islamic merchants begin to enter the Rayja and extend or rextend their businesses here, seeing a potential due to Vijaynagara's isolation for almost twenty-five years. The Urdustani Taka replaces the existing currency, creating whole new markets that restore the Urdustani Taka from its diminishing levels. Training of levies by Urdustani Advistors, continues.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Known as the Decree of 1593/Kā pharamāna/ کے حکم,): Due to an understood lack of European interest in Indian goods, due to their failed responses to the repeated efforts of the Emperor, trade begins to take place, almost exclusively with other Indian States, The Roman Empire, and Spain. Any other nations now receive significantly less goods, unless they recind their apathy, and decide to trade with Urdustan, and take part in the many products of India, such as opium, rice, ivory, mercenaries, gemstones, gold, Indigo, cotton, sugarcane. They will also lose access to several Urdustani ports, as they will be used for more exclusive trading, and will be relegated to more specific, and less numerous ports.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 62, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The damage of the war in Russia and in Poland are repaired, and the economy continues its inexorable upward trend. The expansion and growth is product to years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals begins to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 25, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. Constantius now an infant of 1 grows quickly. Teodora is now an infant of 2 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony continue expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. We ask the nation of Urdustan if we can buy the ports of Cochin, Nagapatam, Pulicat, Masulipatam, and Calcutta (all OTL Dutch or European settlements) for the purpose of constructing trade posts in India.
 * Raigama: This turn is absolutely officially dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Raigama out of the recession. Although some Dutch merchants stay, some leave as the recession sets in and profits disappear. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. Both the military and the navy are having troubles due to less funding. Population slightly increases. King Samir turns 60, and many start to see the stress begin to slightly deteriorate his health.
 * Kotte: As the vassal's economy is closely tied with the Raigaman economy, Kotte was also hit with the recession. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Kotte out of the recession.
 * Nava Kotte: Even though aid is being sent to Nava Kotte, currently there is no expansion, and the government is trying to keep the colony on its feet. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Nava Kotte out of the recession.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Ankara: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin training a standing army for the purpose of defending our nation. Although they were once our enemies, we ask for an alliance with the Damascan Sultanate, as we believe other external forces are far more dangerous to our sovereignty than Damascus. We also secretly offer support in a war with them to take back other states in Anatolia in exchange for a percentage of the land. We also ask for an alliance with the Mansuriyya Sultanate, Urdustan, and entrance into the United Islamic Nations.
 * I'm not a mod but your nation was born out of a rebellion against Damascas.  'I don't think it will be plausible to ask for an alliance at this point in time. I think it will be more plausible for you to slowly build up relations with Damascas before trying to ally them. This is UglyTurtle, Signing off. 01:04, August 14, 2014 (UTC)
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. Meanwhile, we vassalize the surrounding islands near us and Oman, including the island of Masirah  (Turn Four of Five) and the Alexandrian enclave in Oman. (Turn Four of Five)
 * Mansurryian Dip: With us vassalizing Oman and Queshm Island, we  have complete control of the Gulf, and thus create the Compact of the Gulf, which states that any nation that agrees to not attack Mansurryia will have access to the Gulf. We consider the Ankaran proposal.
 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1593, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. In other news, the revolt in Greater Saxony is fully crushed. Frederick and Maurice, the rebel leaders, are both captured. Frederick is beheaded in Wittenberg on March 8, while Maurice is beheaded in Erfurth on March 13. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Franz-Albert, now King, opts to tour Greater Saxony for the rest of the year. He makes stops at Dresden, Wittenberg, Erfurt, and several smaller villages. In each city, he meets with the commoners and peasants, and makes several speaches, including a speach in Wittenberg, proclaiming that the revolt was put down with the grace of the Bavarian, Italian, and French armies, as well as the grace of God himself. He also speaks on how the Bavarian army is competent in its own right, and the inclusion of Italian armies was intented to fully put down the revolt and solidify Bavaro-Hispanic relations. The commoners and peasants react postively upon visits from the King, and for the most part, the Saxon-Thuringian lower classes have no qualms with what the upper classes are composed of, Bavarian or not. Now with the support of the lower classes, the Bavarian government works on restoring Adalbert to his Grand Ducal throne. Adalbert II is restored on July 6, and his family is brought back. Starting in August, the Curia Bavaria authorize the displacement on higher Saxon nobility, especially those who were cohorts of Frederick and Maurice. Frederick and Maurice's families are gathered up in Wittenberg and exiled to Landshut. There, they are imprisoned, with some of the younger members being put under house arrest. The rest of the Saxon nobility also have targets on their heads. Starting in 1593, the Curia Bavaria begin revoking the titles of several higher nobles in Greater Saxony. As the rebellion just ended and their armies and treasuries devastated, another armed revolt is near impossible, so the Saxon nobility are more or less compliant with these measures. More actions will take place in 1594 and beyond, including the abolishment of Saxon succession laws, and the introduction of Bavarian primogeniture. Franz-Albert II returns home in early November, and by the advice of his counsellors, begins looking for a wife. However, he is reluctant in this task, leading many of his courtiers and counsellors to believe he is impotent or possibly homosexual.
 * Prussian Diplomacy: We ask for an alliance with Bavaria.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1593, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. The rebellion of 1592 is crushed and Adalbert II is restored to his throne. Adalbert II is aging, and his sons are of sick health, leading many to believe that a personal union with Bavaria is possible in the future.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * County of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Neu Bayern: The colony of Neu Bayern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands, reaching a population of 678 by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Neu Bayern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Attica: Restoration of the Parthenon and Acropolis continue on schedule. Despot Claudius I unveils plans to rebuild Plato's Academy and Aristotle's Lyceum and make them into Universities, so that Athens will once again become a key center of Learning. Despotina Anna gives birth to twin sons, They are named Claudius and Justinian. One is named in honor of their father and the other is named in honor of the Roman Emperor Justinian I.
 * Attica: Restoration of the Parthenon and Acropolis continue on schedule. Despot Claudius I unveils plans to rebuild Plato's Academy and Aristotle's Lyceum and make them into Universities, so that Athens will once again become a key center of Learning. Despotina Anna gives birth to twin sons, They are named Claudius and Justinian. One is named in honor of their father and the other is named in honor of the Roman Emperor Justinian I.

1594
Copies are printed in Euorpe of the geographical map of East Asia created by an Italian missionary stationed in Ming Dynasty Beijing, China, with Chinese-written labeling and map symbols.

'''The theory of continental drift is proposed by a Hispanian scientist. The theory does not take off at this time and the scientist is ridiculed by the scientific community.'''

'''An uprising breaks out in Finland, with the state beginning a fight for independence. Known as the Cudgel War, the uprising is largely fought by peasants armed with various blunt weapons, such as cudgels, flails and maces. The rebels manage to secure West Finland, with initial Scandinavian forces overthrown. The state declares itself independent, requiring a full successful invasion to take them back (scores undoubled: Military: 10, Economy: 10, Infrastructure: 5). (popular revolt)'''

Gonna be used when Crim is actually around to fight it -Feud

'''Is that really a fair thing to do? I mean, I understand that Crim is in the process of moving to college, but holding off mod events to a more convenient time? That seems to contradict what mod events are supposed to be: events that compel users to act ,despite convenience. -Cookie'''

'''Can't you just assume he supresses the resistance? Aternix!? 08:32, August 14, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''Well, guess not .... -Feud'''

'''We did the same when Ms' was getting attacked while he was banned from the wiki, Regardless of if it is or is not fair it has been done before and I don't see how it would change anything, the revolt will happen anyway and he will still have to fight it, whether it's now or in five turns or more it's honestly irrelevant, It will happen and he won't be able to avoid it. Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 15:31, August 14, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''This will be postponed for a later date. At least when things aren't as hectic.'''

'''Why are we delaying this? This is making an exception for someone. I remember how when MS went away they made an event saying some of his vassals declare independence mere hours after he left. If we don't delay for him or anyone else, why Crim?'''

'''We are to assume that, ingame, said Scandinavian Monarch will "be fine" with the revolt in such a way that he refuses to repress it, then suddenly has a change of heart (When Crimson returns), and wishes to crush this rebellion after "being fine" with it in the absense of Crim? Creating it now would end up with some odd implausibilities - Eip'''

'''Queen Sophia of Prussia dies without an heir, launching the country into a succession crisis. Disenfranchised by the heavily Germanization in the nation, the region of Livonia declares independence, as do Courland and Osel-Wiek (Scores undoubled for all: Military: 10, Economy: 9, Infrastructure: 6). EDIT: All these states become unvassalizable with allies of the former Prussian administration, rejecting influence from all Northern nations aligned with Prussia. '''

'''Austrian exploration in the OTL Cameroon region leads to the establishment of a number of settlements in the interior. With supplies low however, all settlements on the Sanaga River past the mouth and nearby coast collapse or are closed down. All expansion down river in this area is removed. However, a network of loose trade posts remains in some areas. '''

Members of the higher class in Kotte petition to the Dutch King to be a separate kingdom inside the Dutch Empire, as they view their recent economic downturn to be associated with being conquered by Raigama.


 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemeni culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): With Yemen having tightened its grip around Somalia, Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle gave orders to the military to march to the King's Palace and overthrow him, and to avoid bloodshed so the people of al-Somal do not think of the Yemeni military as an occupying force. Nevertheless, the King of al-Somal was overthrown in a near bloodless coup d'état and was to be replaced by the younger brother of the Sultan of Yemen, Prince Hamza bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle. With the majority of Somali people still showing distrust and anger towards the Yemeni military, orders were given to disarm the military of Somalia and to form the al-Somal al-Yemen Militia that would maintain order and discipline in al-Somal and carry out massacres against all those tribes and families attempting to liberate Somalia from Yemen's grip. Meanwhile, however, most Somali people that had settled near the coast supported Yemeni control due to the promise made by the Sultan of Yemen to develop the areas by the coast and turn al-Somal into a flourishing nation; thus 'massacres' were not allowed to be conducted by the militia near the coast for fear that all of the Somali people would turn against Yemen. With controlling inner Somalia becoming more and more difficult, and clashes having started between the people and the military; it was agreed to sell inner Somalia for the price they had mentioned the previous turn which I do not remember. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Yemeni - Damascan Diplomacy: The Sultanate of Damascan is requested to sign a Free Trade Agreement with Yemen in order to increase trade between the two states and decrease the tariffs and in support of the Damascan Sultanate in their war against the Turkish rebel states, the Sultanate of Damascus is requested to return the land bought near Hejaz to Yemen due to most of Yemen being desert and the land near Hejaz being one of the few fertile areas. Sultan Sulimen III of Damascus is also requested to sign an agreement with Sultan Ahmad of Yemen to share control over the Straits of Mandeb and replicate the Philadelphi Canal Agreement for the Red Sea Opening, thus granting Yemen and Damascus access to the designs of the warships of several nations as well protection provided by those states that use the Red Sea for access to Asia
 * Yemeni - Romania Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen has accepted the offer, and has agreed to sell inner Somalia to Romania. The transfer shall take a few weeks so as to allow the Yemeni militia to withdraw safely
 * Yemeni - Mapmaker Diplomacy: The Mapmaker is requested to colour Tiran island yellow for it is under Yemeni occupation not Damascan control
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Iroquois: The Iroquois Confederation gains a new chief who fully incorporates the Wenrorhonon into the Confederation, angering the neighboring Seneca. The chief calms the fear of the Seneca by stating that a strong Iroquois nation is essential for avoiding the problems that led to the downfall of decentralized Mississippia. Indeed, many believe that Mississippia's downfall only foreshadows what will happen to the decentralized Iroquois. The chief tries to alleviate some of their fears by beginning to centralize the Confederation and building roads in the European style between settlements for defense. He states "Only by a fusion of the old and new ways can we preserve our homeland". Despite anger from outlying chiefs who preferred the more decentralized days of yore, he is popular amongst the common folk. Despite the fall of Mississippia scaring many, the Iroquois are quick to capitalize on it, with a strong defensive alliance being formed with the Susquehanna and Erie. Primitive fortifications are built across the land. We ask all Iroquoian tribes to join the alliance to help preserve their independence from European nations. We also ask to speak with Britannia and Hispania about the prospects of trade, and a future guaranteeing the independence of the Iroquois. (Inf-Turn).
 * Vorlayacor: Ten military forts have been constructed in the northwest provinces; they are constructed of stone and metal and can each house up to 400 troops with their supplies and weaponry. Military funds this year are dedicated to strengthening forts near the more densely populated coast and manufacturing flintlocks to replace the aging snaphaunces. Trade with the Romans increases. Northwest expansion continues as normal.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 784,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response).
 * Pskov: Continues to rebuild the nation, even the less-densely populated eastern fringes. Some towns like Luki begin to become more and more populous due to the Novgorodian republicans that have made their home there. Pskov, almost entirely recovered from the War, and with most fields and farms completely operational once again, food surplus is in the nation once again, and allows once more for population growth. The treasury is full and banks are happy, and hearing of the succession disaster in Prussia, Pskov, still very angry with the Prussians for the war, decide to stick it to them by bringing some breakaway states to their influence. If Pskov borders any, they start right away to weave their way into their political system via their banks and merchants, and zolotniks, and diplomats, showing themselves as a very militarily capable nation that is able to defend itself against the hordes of Russia and Poland and Prussia alike. Essentially, Pskov, a nation that is pretty much not an ally of the old Prussian regime at all, since, you know, we went to war with them, begin to slowly try to vassalize or at least enthrall some Prussian breakaway states (Osel-wiek, Estonia, if that's a thing maybe). Success in this endeavor may be limited, but at least we tried, right? Although the process of approaching the breakaways is seen as a good idea to gather at least some allies (and maybe a buffer state or two), the process may be deemed unprofitable in the near future by the Veche and some merchants, if the economy of those states are not up-to-par. Very happy about the essential annulment of the treaty of Pskov (and utter humiliation of Russia), Pskov's treasury is comfortably sitting on a small cushion, and is able to both pay back its loans and give some out (to nations like Hispania). The Bank of Pskov opens more branches in Hispania, France, the Tatary, and Scandinavia, Spreading farther across Europe. Pskov's bounce back is nearly complete, and plans to build more defensive forts along the routes and borders gains the Veche's approval, and this includes a project to revitalize the town of Luki into a vibrant border city. The Nizhegorodsk arsenal continues to pop out ships by the dozen. Business slowly comes back to the city, and astronomers at the Academy of Sciences continue their observations. Iosif Lopushin's Laws of Planetary Motion begin to circulate around Europe. Meanwhile, more people study magnets, and all of a sudden, and idea is floated around that the earth might itself be a magnet, but is somewhat ignored, until the end of the year, when Alexandr Krasnoslobodskiy's theories about magnets, compasses and the earth all fit together, and why compasses no longer point to Polaris when near the New World, it is because the Earth is a magnet, he stipulates, and compasses point towards magnetic poles, which is why magnets can redirect them, because they are stronger in the area around the compass, but if farther away, the earth's pull is stronger. More research is required before it can be published, but many are intrigued about the idea. Meanwhile, more people study astronomy, and some of the opticians discover the first primitive telescope, and build one for the astronomers at the Academy.
 * Pskovian Company of the Imperial Isles: The main base of operations is set up near the location of modern day San Juan (called Novopskovsk). The sugarcane farms begin to be run by the natives, and the Pskovian ships end up officially becoming a permanent presence. The small presence they have in the virgin Islands begins to grow. Meanwhile, some people begin to experiment with turning sugarcane into alcohol, especially back home in Pskov ... people just want to make booze out of just about everything, and the first, very primitive rum is distilled in some guy's basement, but he ends up dieing before telling anyone the secret to his new alcoholic drink. Oh well, rum will just have to wait a few more decades...
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania offers to offer direct assistance to Bavaria sending 5000 of her own troops in addition to troops from other subjects to help Bavaria as well as supplies, etc. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy. Hispanian armed forces seeing the advantage of remaining ahead of the game in military technology (regardless of previous reluctance) begins to expand its arsenal of the newest and best artillery and firearms as well as equipping troops with a short bladed knife and sword for her troops in order to maintain superior in close quarters warfare. Hispania agrees to marry Maria to Lodewijk. Cristo De Habsburg, now 16, moves to New Spain to rule as Viceroy.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the Population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: We increase our militery power and press a diplomatic way to unite all of China as one but so far with a little luck we might need to go with means of war which would be bad for our country. Economy drops due to civil unrest and the people are scared.
 * Ayutthaya: Our port is now (Turn Eight of Ten) and our country makes a full recovery from the expenses. We continue to mass up other ethnic populations and we begin to make another mass camp just east of Ayutthaya City. We focus primarilly on stabilisation and major ethnic cleansing. Thai ethnicity is now 98% on average for all cities and 89% for regional areas.


 * Way too fast. You'd barely be in the 20-30% at the highest. It takes A WHILE to do that in this day and age. -Feud
 * Wait, wait ... 20-30% Thai in cities? I thought it would already be over 90% when I started. Maybe 70% at least? Not_suspect.jpg Aternix!? Star.jpg 12:39, August 14, 2014 (UTC)
 * Ah, yeah. I misread it. I thought it meant nation. This does lead to an issue of what you're going to do with the people, though - but don't expect a cakewalk. -Feud
 * Livonia,_1594.png the region of Livonia (Livomo), the death of Sophia of Prussia, coupled with the Cudgel War in Finland, spurs massive social unrest. The Livonian majority, back by the Estonian minority, officially begins to fully oppose the policies of Germanization, but once full-fledged war breaks out, talks of independence begin to be circulated. The largest landowner in the region, a man named Jaagup Vaalgamaa Jelgavast (Jacob Vaalgamaa of Jelgava) is declared Hercog Jaagup Vaalgamaa, the Duke of Livonia, by the Archbishop of Riga. With the creation of the Duchy of Livonia, Hercog Jaagup begins to influence Osel-Wiek (Saare-Laane) and Courland (Kuramo) to declare independence from Prussia. Hercog Jaagup offers to protect the County of Courland, a fellow member of the Holy Roman Empire. Meanwhile, Jaagup oversees that the fleets stationed at Riga, Narva, and Reval are all taken over by Livonian officers. The final initiative that Jaagup begins this year is the redistribution of property. While the Prussians had taken lands from the Livonians, Jaagup seizes the German counties and grants them to loyal Livonian nobles.
 * Livonian Diplomacy: We reach out to all nearby established states (Pskov, Scandinavia, Poland, Muscovy, Hamburg) in order to receive recognition, and perhaps support. We also reach out to the Holy Roman Emperor to be recognized as the de jure government of the region.
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy continues to recover, and the majority of the population enjoys a very pleasant year. The regiment posted to Neu Norderney is rotated and again some soldiers decide to stay, transfer to the new regiment, and bring their families over. Conversely, some single and lonely Neu Norderney men join the Oldenburg-bound regiment to return to their homes and extended families. The OHG's fur trapping business expands into both the Neu Norderney hinterlands and into the Adelheid Sea watershed. Small expeditions sail up to the sea and conduct trapping expeditions. A few misanthropic trappers decide to stay, but they do so in an unofficial capacity. A couple of missionaries of the Order of St Theobald also go the the Adelheid Sea to proseletyze.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop decrees that the cathedral's domed roof shall remain unfinished, "due both to its aesthetic beauty and its symbolism of the unfinished nature of the Church's work on Earth." A number of wealthier people build or renovate their houses in imitation of the cathedral's unfinished nature. Architects start calling the style Unfertigkeit (incompleteness).
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military. A brief succession crisis and civil war ends with the former royal family being deposed. A new regime is established that opposes the former practices of the government. With our differences aside we ask for an alliance with Livonia, who also fought with the former government. We also ask for an alliance with Poland-Lithuania and Russia to protect our borders from a possible invasion. The new king becomes George I of the House of Hohenzollern, a small house in southern Germany.
 * Hercog Jaagup Vaalgamaast of the Duchy of Livonia is reluctant to the offer of the Prussians, but eventually decides to relent in return for Prussia to accept our independence as de jure as well as split the remnants of the navy, colonies and treasury of Prussia in half with the two main successor states of the former government.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. We accept the gracious offer of the Pskovian nation seeing the possibility of better relations with the Eastern European nations and Russian states.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland sends 25,000 to Thuringia and Saxony to help in the uprising to the Bavarians
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area. The New governor of the L'nu consider selling portions of the state to Scandinavia.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Attica:  Restoration of the Acropolis and Parthenon is complete. Young girl who is 5 years is found in the street of Athens and nearly starved, Despot Claudius decides to adopt the young girl into his family.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 63, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The damage of the war in Russia and in Poland are repaired, and the economy continues its inexorable upward trend. The expansion and growth is product to years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals begins to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. A Boyar travelling in Spain witnesses a terraced farm in use, upon returning home the Boyar has his workmen build several on the lower slopes of the Carpathians. The practice is takes hold across the southern slopes, and within a few months Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Dan Drăculești, now 26, assists his father as he manages the nation's resources. Constantius now an infant of 2 grows quickly. Teodora is now an infant of 3 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych:' Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony continue expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels).
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Chagatay Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1586. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. Meanwhile, we vassalize the surrounding islands near us and Oman, including the island of Masirah  (Turn Five of Five) and the Alexandrian enclave in Oman. (Turn Five of Five) With the vassalization of the Island of Masirah and the Alaxandrian enclave in Oman (Port of Alexandria) complete we install two territorial governors during the transitional period, and they shall be under complete control of our nation in 1 year.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. With the Port of Alexandria coming under our control next year, we consider to open it up to other nations, selling Urdustani goods, and thus we open up our diplomacy. 
 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. We ask for an alliance with the nations of Romania, Hamburg, and Austria to give us a good standing in Eastern Europe and within the Holy Roman Empire.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1594, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Franz-Albert II accepts the Prussian alliance offer and continues to look for a wife. He petitions the Hispanian emperor for a wife.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1594, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. The rebellion of 1592 is crushed and Adalbert II is restored to his throne. Adalbert II is aging, and his sons are of sick health, leading many to believe that a personal union with Bavaria is possible in the future.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen expands by the end of the year. Houses and shops continue to be built. The first church is built in 1578. Franznacken continues to expand. Edmund von Jülich arrives in Katharinas-Hafen in mid 1579 and finds that a house has already been built for him. The area of OTL Vancouver is named Jülichsberg, after the current viceroy. The area a hundred or so km north of Jülichsberg is named Wittelsberg. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Wittelsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and 'economy 'improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,488,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 135,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Raigama: This turn is absolutely officially dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Raigama out of the recession. Although some Dutch merchants stay, some leave as the recession sets in and profits disappear. The Dutch continue to influence Raigama. Dutch continues to grow as a minor language. Dutch continues to grow as a minor culture. Both the military and the navy are having troubles due to less funding. Population slightly increases. King Samir turns 61, and many start to see the stress begin to slightly deteriorate his health.
 * Kotte: As the vassal's economy is closely tied with the Raigaman economy, Kotte was also hit with the recession. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Kotte out of the recession.  Members of the higher class in Kotte petition to the Dutch King to be a separate kingdom inside the Dutch Empire, as they view their recent economic downturn to be associated with being conquered by Raigama. 

[No Dutch Throne Response]
 * Nava Kotte: Even though aid is being sent to Nava Kotte, currently there is no expansion, and the government is trying to keep the colony on its feet. This turn is absolutely dedicated to the economy and trying to hoist Nava Kotte out of the recession.

1595
In Rome, Pope Gregory XIII dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Milanese Tolomeo Gallio is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Cornelius II.

'''A Peasant revolt breaks out in Southern France with thousands of peasants driving off local garrison forces. The forces return in greater strength and chase the revolted peasants to the Spanish Pyrenees wall killing them as they are backed up against the wall. Some politicians in Paris wonder if these people should be granted more rights under French law. Most of the French court is against this.'''

'''A revolt breaks out in Brunei comprised of Muslims and peasants, protesting Dutch rule in the region. Numbering in the low thousands, the disorganized group raids several farms and villages across the region. '''

With the revolt in Finland feared of gaining traction, the Scandinavian settlers in Karelia, Kola the various vassal states do not rebel seeing the peasants as detrimental to the careful stability in the region.

Per above

'''The Shawnee launch an invasion of Illiniwek and Yuchi, capturing a number of territories in the nation’s southeast. The invasion causes heavy destabilization of the overextended Illinois Confederation, and in the chaos several territories in the east declare independence. The Myaamiaki (Miami) send soldiers into the region to combat Mississippian garrisons, capturing the OTL Detroit Region. The Miami also manage to aid in the release of culturally similar tribes, leading to the establishment of the allied tribes of the Waayaahtanwa (Wea) and the Piankeshaw. In the west the Iowa people also declare independence. The remaining confederacy remains as a loose union, although fighting between individual Illinois tribes leaves the nation weak, and prone to invasion. The westernmost Illinois tribes, which had formed as an independent, rival confederacy to the primary government, invades hoping to unify the Illinois under one government, beginning a civil war. '''


 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: The economy sees great growth this year as trade between the New World, Asia and Europe expands. The Navy also sees improvement with modern technology. Duke Otto dies this year, and his son Karl succeeds him as Duke of Hamburg and Mecklenburg, and Count of Holstein. He immediately begins a road overhaul between Hamburg, Kiel and Schwerin. Larger shipyards are constructed in the ports. Neu Hamburg, Neu Braunschweig, Neu Lüneburg, and Williamsburg expand 20 px. The Friedrich Inseln colony expands to the northern islands.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * China: About two-thirds of the warlords have agreed to a council to rule all of China. However, the other third will require means of war and so begins the Chinese civil war. Our military increases with troops eager to unite China and our economy increases due to the traders being safer with a partly united China.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 823,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response).
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya: (Turn Nine of Ten) of our large trading port puts the hopes of a massive growth in our economy. People in the mass camps begin the rebel against the government and in the largest attack on the 9th of April was named the weekend riot where over 25,000 Chinese Han and Malay ethnic based people caused a massive riot in Lower Ayutthaya City. Hundreds of military die in the event and over 5000 people were shot or slain in the streets. Our stability dramatically drops due to this and in an effort to stop another mass riot we begin heightening our military.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military expands for the first time since the economic downturn a few years ago. Regent Johannes announces that he will step down in a few years and consults with his brother Wilhelm of Britannia and Oldenburg  on his successor as Regent. An Oldenburger noblemen, returning from Osnabruck, renovates his manor house in the Unfertigkeit style.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The University increases student numbers, bringing an economic boost to the town.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, beginst to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * Iroquois: The Iroquois Confederation gains a new chief who fully incorporates the Wenrorhonon into the Confederation, angering the neighboring Seneca. The chief calms the fear of the Seneca by stating that a strong Iroquois nation is essential for avoiding the problems that led to the downfall of decentralized Mississippia. Indeed, many believe that Mississippia's downfall only foreshadows what will happen to the decentralized Iroquois. The chief tries to alleviate some of their fears by beginning to centralize the Confederation and building roads in the European style between settlements for defense. He states "Only by a fusion of the old and new ways can we preserve our homeland". Despite anger from outlying chiefs who preferred the more decentralized days of yore, he is popular amongst the common folk. Despite the fall of Mississippia scaring many, the Iroquois are quick to capitalize on it, with a strong defensive alliance being formed with the Susquehanna and Erie. Primitive fortifications are built across the land. We ask all Iroquoian tribes to join the alliance to help preserve their independence from European nations. We also ask to speak with Britannia and Hispania about the prospects of trade, and a future guaranteeing the independence of the Iroquois. (Inf-Turn).
 * Hispanian Dip: We'll agree to trade
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy. Hispanian armed forces seeing the advantage of remaining ahead of the game in military technology (regardless of previous reluctance) begins to expand its arsenal of the newest and best artillery and firearms as well as equipping troops with a short bladed knife and sword for her troops in order to maintain superior in close quarters warfare.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and      economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,500,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 135,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 13,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 3800.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols officially crown their first independent Khan in generations. The Mongols begin fortifying their borders and expanding their military as part of efforts to keep the weakened Chinese Empire from attempting to reassert its control over the Mongols. The former palace of the Chinese Governor is adapted for use as the Khan's new Palace. The Mongol Khanate sees a considerable amount of Chinese Christians fleeing the new xenophobic nations of China. They also see a considerable amount of Nestorian missionaries entering the country via the neighboring nation of the Tartary.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Vladimir, now 64, falls ill, the old consul dies in his sleep with his adopted son standing by. Dan, now a man of 27, establishes his reign. He resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The damage of the war in Russia and in Poland are repaired, and the economy continues its inexorable upward trend. The expansion and growth is product to years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals begins to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now an infant of 3 grows quickly. Teodora is now an infant of 4 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony continue expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels) inland along the coast between the northern Somaliland and Somalia.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * The Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Pskov: The Pskovian Economy prospers as the final stages of recover from the war come to a close. Some towns like Luki begin to become more and more populous due to the Novgorodian republicans that have made their home there. The treasury is full and banks are happy, and are quick to sign an alliance with the newly formed Duchy of Livonia, recognizing its government as legitimate. Still seeking some economic value in Osel-Wiek and Courland, Pskov continues to try to have them essentially become their puppet states, controlled by the Veche's will. Very happy about the essential annulment of the treaty of Pskov (and utter humiliation of Russia), Pskov's treasury is comfortably sitting on a small cushion, and is able to both pay back its loans and give some out (to nations like Hispania). The Bank of Pskov opens more branches in Hispania, France, the Tatary, and Scandinavia, Spreading farther across Europe. Pskov's bounce back is nearly complete, and plans to build more defensive forts along the routes and borders gains the Veche's approval, and this includes a project to revitalize the town of Luki into a vibrant border city. The Nizhegorodsk arsenal continues to pop out ships by the dozen. Business slowly comes back to the city, and astronomers at the Academy of Sciences continue their observations. Iosif Lopushin's Laws of Planetary Motion begin to circulate around Europe. Meanwhile, more people study magnets, and all of a sudden, and idea is floated arouynd that the eareth might itself be a magnet, but is somewhat ignored, until the end of the year, when Alexandr Krasnoslobodskiy's theories about magnets, compasses, and the earth all fit together, and why compasses no longer point to Polaris when near the New World, it is because the Earth is a magnet, he stipulates, and compasses point towards magnetic poles, which is why magnets can redirect them, because they are stronger in the area around the compass, but if farther away, the earth's pull is stronger. More research is required before it can be published, but many are intrigued about the idea. Meanwhile, more poeple study astronomy, and some of the opticians discover the first primitive telescope, and build one for the astronomers at the Academy.
 * Pskovian Company of the Imperial Isles: The main base of operations is set up near the location of modern day San Juan (called Novopskovsk). The sugarcane farms begin to be run by the natives, and the Pskovian ships end up officially becoming a permanant presence. Expands on the coast of Puerto rico(Novopskovsk) the maximum ammount alowed.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. We set out ship merchants to establish trade routes between us and Urdistan, and to map the ports and trade routes. 


 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.


 * ​Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. As per the Mansurryian Declaration of 1595, we shall not open ourselves to other nations until the year 1600. 
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues, but economic expansion falters this year. The Balance political group is created to reflect traditional Mapuche beliefs and call for reversion of some European-inspired tactics to help alleviate the economic downturn. The government looks for new nations to trade with; we can offer our ports to aid Hesperian trade, corn, iron, gold, silver, pottery, textiles, and some of the fastest ships on the ocean. The army begins producing flintlocks.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of france
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland sends 25,000 to Thuringia and Saxony to help in the uprising to the Bavarians
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 45. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 369,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 242,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 26. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.1 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. 'With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile towards Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 242,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1595, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 29, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 15% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Neu Bayern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert II continues to look for a wife. He petitions the Hispanian emperor for a wife.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1595, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. The rebellion of 1592 is crushed and Adalbert II is restored to his throne. Adalbert II is aging, and in 1595, his last son, Heinrich-Wilhelm, dies of an infection brought on by a festered dog bite. Adalbert, 64, remains relatively strong, but as it stands, upon his death there will be a personal union forged with Bavaria.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Bremen: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Bremen is proclaimed to be a Duchy, and Queen Catherine is proclaimed as Duchess Catherine of Bremen.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern is established in north-western Borealia, on the island of Wilhemsbaum. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue to be built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to remain married. In 1595, Elisabeth gives birth to a child. It is a girl, who is named Maria.
 * In the Duchy of Livonia, the focus of Hercog Jaagup Vaalgamaast is on sweeping economic reforms. As a result of Prussia falling from power in the Balto-Finnic region, large numbers of German landowners opt to sell their lands to the state, which then buys them up with funds taken from the former Kingdom of Prussia. Those who refuse to sell their lands are warned that their lands will be stripped in coming years, and in order to do this, Hercog Jaagup organizes the Livonian Maavagi, or Army, which will operate as a semi-professional force. Jaagup, in a truly radical fashion for a powerful land-owner, announces that serfdom will begin to be phased out. Said Jaagup, "The oppression of the free Baltic peoples under the Germans, starting in the 13th Century, has led to this despicable practice of treating our fellow Christian man as slaves. We are not chattel and now that we are free from the German yoke, we can prove this freedom." To prove his point, he frees all serfs born starting next year in an effort to slowly go off of the system. He also frees all serfs on Ducal Land who are under the age of 20. Riga's importance increased a ton, as does the significance of Narva and Reval. This year, the establishment of the Maavagi helps the construction of the military, and the gain of new naval vessels from the new Prussian government helps grow the navy. Efforts are made to vassalize Osel-Wiek, starting with an alliance and trade pact. Meanwhile, a trade pact is extended to Courland, who is under our protection.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.

1596
'''Various Mapuche native attacks in New Spain are repelled with varying amounts of damage, with the colonial forces of Spain showing great ability to combat and fight natives. The desperation of some of these attacks brings the viceroy to consider offering protection to any Mapuche who seek it. '''

'''A series of well armed, but disorganized, attacks takes place along the borders of the Britannian and Scandinavian colonies, along the Borealian East Coast. These attacks are semi-organized between tribal confederations and their allies in the region, and stunt growth along the interior of the East Coast and severely damage attempts of European settlement farther inland. This also causes a series of conflicting settlements along the Scandinavian and Britannian borders'''.


 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: Duke Karl I continues implementing infrastructure and road projects throughout the realm. The Duke also accepts the alliance offer from Livonia. The entrances to the Kiel Canal are further fortified with modern cannons. A series of forts and fortifications are constructed along the Hessian border. The colonies of Neu Hamburg and Neu Braunschweig cease expansion for the time being, while Neu Lüneburg and Williamsburg expand a further 20 px. In the Friedrich Inseln, the colony expands north, covering the last of the unclaimed islands.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Note: I did not offer an alliance, but I am willing to become your ally anyways. Rex.

The Sultan of Yemen is interested in developing relations with Al Romaniyah (Romania)
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of 4 frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over al-Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemeni - Romania Diplomacy:
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military. The Nestorian population continues to grow, with the first Nestorian Church being built in the capital of Ulaanbaatar. The Mongolians begin to become wealthy from trade passing through Mongolia from the Tartary. A small amount of Chinese refugees start flocking to the Mongol Khanate in an attempt to obtain some measure of stability in their lives. Quite a few of these come from the fragile shell that Ming China has become.


 * China  about a quarter of China remains against the united China and will be dealt with swifly. We increase our military power and our troop count increases in the thousands. Our economy is increasing as more and more of China is united making roads safer.

Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. 'We set out ship merchants to establish trade routes between us and Urdistan, and to map the ports and trade routes. '
 * ​ You just got ravished by Civil War, two-thirds of China is not going to be under your rule again. Not peacefully, and in your current state, not militarily.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 866,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response).
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland sends 25,000 to Thuringia and Saxony to help in the uprising to the Bavarians
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya Ethnic cleansing of the minorities begins to make a strong affect on our stability. Our major trading port is now finished and we begin to make large amounts of money from the export of Saltpetre. Trade with European nations brings lots of profit to our markets. We start to tone down on our military and we make sure that any small nuscences cuased by captured ethnic populations are dealt with by death and that we continue to take their populations off our our streets. Free passage for all European peoples has brought much Europeanization to our country and in particular our navy, military and foods. Since our nation has been coping very well we decide to start colonising Taungoo and we start our first minor colony. (I think I need an algorithm for this do you want me to try it out?) We continue to slowly grow our economy and to protect the native peoples of the northern Nicobar islands.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military presence in Neu Norderney is bolstered in response to the native attacks on the Brittanic and Scandinavian colonies. Festungchens are built in all major settlements, and most villages erect wooden pallisades. Landwehr companies are formed in almost every population centre. Regent Johannes requests to speak with his brother William of Britannia and Oldenburg about his [Johannes'] successor as Regent. In Oldenburg, the Unfertigkeit movement slowly catches on. A painter painting a large religious scene decides to simply not finish the painting. Supporters of the nascent movement laud the painting as genius.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop travels to Oldenburg to view the new painting and loves it so much he buys it to hang in his episcopal palace.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Pskov's economy and financial sector continue to boom. More trade and banking overseas sees much revenue come to the coffers of Pskov's treasury. Pskov attempts to make the benefits of agriculture more evident since the massive reconstructions that happened after the war, that the farmers have had to endure. Slowly but surely, the agricultural sector continues in its development. Meanwhile, booning on the extra business from Hispania, the Pskovian Rysybanks open many more branches in Madrid, Bracelona, and not to mention Rome where Venetian banks used to have sway. foreign trade increases for Pskov, as after the war, people began to know what Pskov was, what kind of nation it could be. Pskov's Veche by this time has developed a unique etiquette about how to introduce, discuss and vote on legislature or proposals. Some people decide that it would be best to codify this in law, or at least have proper etiquette posted on the entrance of the Veche so that newcomers may know how to behave (as the nature of the Veche allows just about anyone who wants to attend, so long as they are in the city at the time, of course, leading many villages and towns to chose a person to send to the Veche from time to time to represent them, which will come into play as soon as the population grows some more and I can logically transition into a representative democracy). The Veche, also, in the meantime, sets the official dates for the next census, and passes the law that  will prohibit the change of your area of habitation (i.e. city, town, rural area) in order to ensure that the census is taken accurately. The laws also enstate new administrative offices, and establishes "Census and Statistical Administration" with its office to be in the inner ring of the Kremlin, along with the Ambassadorial residences. Some estimates put the population of the city state to be over 700,000 people at this juncture in time. The University is very thankful for the renewed funding in this year's budget, a tradition long since established that the Veche decides and discusses the budget and monetary dealings and how much to spend on what, and how to get that money (which made many Pskovioans less hostile towards taxes than most people, although it did allow a considerable sum of money for "unalotted" and "unregistered" uses). Many traders begin to become more and more wealthy, immediately reinvesting unto their own business to make more money. The Veche decides to put a "wealth tax" to increase some revenue, and although it is small to begin with, it may be seem as more useful than other forms of taxation, even though the census is made for better head taxation, some propose that it would be more beneficial to take a small precentage of a person's wealth annualy, instead of a fixed sum. More bureaucratic reorganizations will follow, as more European ideas come itno the fold. Meanwhile, the Veche approves an expedition to Africa, after hearing of Hispania's colonies on the southern shores form traders and bankers, to try to look if they can make a fortune for themselves there, and if land is still available for colonies and trade. While most traders invest into their own busines right away, some, with the boon of more money, decide to make some more long term investments elsewhere, but where? they wonder. The Bank of Pskov decides to do something else, intice more investers by promising small interest rates on their money annualy, and get that small interest by lending their money out. This makes some banks get more customers.
 * The Pskovian Company of the Imperial Isles is renamed the West [Imperial] Isles Trading Company, and continues to grow its number of sugar farms, especialy on other islands, and finds that some islands,  Alexandrovsky Ostrov (Antigua) and the Rusalochniy Ostrov (Barbuda) are very popular, and claim them unilateraly(although this action is directed at poland), but does not settle them yet, but rather expands on the island of Novopskovsk (Puerto Rico) even further, expanding and building more on its coast the maximum ammount alowed.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. We thank Hispania and Britannia for coming to an agreement with us.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Dan, now a man of 28, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once in-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius - now an infant of 5 - grows quickly. Teodora is now an infant of 5 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, and the colony continue expanding at a rate of 750 sq km (15 pixels) inland along the coast, native resistance begin to prevent expansion and it becomes apparent that expanding much more than 150 km into the interior is currently impossible. Production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * The Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: Also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.


 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.

Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. As per the Mansurryian Declaration of 1595, we shall not open ourselves to other nations until the year 1600.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1596, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 30, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert II continues to look for a wife. He petitions the Hispanian emperor for a wife.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1595, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert grows weaker as the year goes on. Many expect him to die by next year.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 1600, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue to be built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to remain married. In 1596, Elisabeth gives birth to a son, whom she names Heinrich.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy. Hispanian armed forces seeing the advantage of remaining ahead of the game in military technology (regardless of previous reluctance) begins to expand its arsenal of the newest and best artillery and firearms as well as equipping troops with a short bladed knife and sword for her troops in order to maintain superior in close quarters warfare.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 46. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 373,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 246,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 27. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. Allahdrashda at the age of 10 was stabbed multiple times as well by the Spanish assassin. Allahdrashda, the second son of Sulimen I, dies. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.1 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile towards Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 248,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 30,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Vorlayacor: Hearing of the Mapuche losing their lands and attacking Spain to the south, a significant portion of the population protests in favor of helping their Mapuche cousins. Swain, seeing an opportunity to save Mapuche people and to reignite Vorlayacor's stagnating economy, sends military attachments to Mapuche lands in the south that are about to be taken by the Spanish. These squads are not there to defend the Mapuche lands but to offer relocation to Vorlayacor for the ailing families and communities. As such families are moved to new settlements in Vorlayacor, the nation's population grows and the economy becomes healthier. Flintlocks are now being distributed among the military, and a few leak into the hands of the civilian population as well.
 * In the Hercogiste Livomo (Duchy of Livonia), the economic reforms initiated by Hercog Jaagup I continue to be underway. The Maavagai is authorized this year to take lands from German landowners who have not yet sold or promised to sell their lands to the Duchy. Jaagup then extends freedom to all serfs under 20 years old on these new lands. In Riga, we work to improve the docks. Riga, which was already the largest port in the Kingdom of Prussia, is a major center of Livonian exports, which include wood and food. Meanwhile, the port at Reval continues to develop into one of the largest on the Baltic Sea. Inland more, brewing begins to become more and more of an established industry. To help the brewing process, mills begin to pop up around large rivers and streams. The economy grows signifcantly this year, due to better trade with Osel-Wiek and Courland. Osel-Wiek is officially entered into a vassalage contract this year, and Courland continues to be significantly influenced by trade, protection agreements, and common history.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.

1597
A series of unwarranted Spanish and Zapotecan settlers end up in the French colony in OTL Texas causing tension within the area.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 47. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 377,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 249,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 28. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.2 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile towards Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 254,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: the Navy grows with new designs, as obsolete vessels are retired. Later in the year, the galleon Friedrich III is commissioned as the new flagship. The army also sees improvements as new firearms begin making their way into the ranks road systems continues to be improved and constructed throughout the lands. The colonies of Neu Hamburg, Neu Braunschweig, Neu Lüneburg, and Williamsburg expand 20 px.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * China  most of the rebel warlords are being hunted and executed infront of the public to show that China is a one country and will not be split by a couple of angry men. Our military expands and is in top codition with the last remaning warlords being hunted down. We believe some of which have escaped to other countrys while the rest have simply given up on running. Our economy expands with most of China in one piece and that lets traders flow around Chia like a river of goods.


 * When the rebellions have scores that means you need to fight and conquer all of them in war algorithms. Which is undoubtedly out of your capability, regardless of what you think.
 * Nope, China can only be reunited via many many long and painful algos. There is a reason I told you to WAIT - due to the fact the map wasn't done. Good lord, stop assuming you can retake the entire country, no problem. -Feud


 * ​Ayutthaya: Our colony in Taungoo expands by 5 px. We continue to grow our economy from our saltpetre export and we maintain our ethnic camps. The government begins making a new area dedicated to an expanded Lanna area and will be used for the colonial planning.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols continue to fortify their borders and expand their military. The Chinese minority continues to grow as it flees the chaos caused by Ming China's ham-fisted attempts to further their futile quest to reunify their former territory. As such an increasing amount of people are Taoist or Confucian. There is also an increasing amount of Nestorians and even a revival of the traditional Mongol religion of Tengrism.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian, and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. (Mil-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up military, especially on our eastern border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build up military, especially on our western border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * County of Oldenburg: A sculpturer, taking inspiration from the Unfertigkeit movement, stops working on his half-finished sculpture of his noble patron and presents it to him as the final product. His patron, a fan of the new artistic movement, is well pleased. Regent Johannes announces that he will step down next year, and appoints the Prince-Bishop of Osnabruck as his successor as regent. In Neu Norderney, the Order of St Theobald redoubles its efforts to convert natives. The Lord of Neu Norderney believes that converted natives are much less likely to attack his settlements. The military presence in the colony remains high.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The University begins offering degrees in engineering/architecture/design (all basically the same thing in the 1500s) in response to growing interest in the field.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of 4 frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over al-Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemeni - Romania Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen is interested in developing relations with Al Romaniyah (Romania)
 * You realize that you're getting an extremely small fraction of Indian Goods since the passage of the Decree of 1593, right?
 * Romanian Diplomacy: We refrain from making friends of Muslim nations, and therefore we must decline.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while the main cities are beginning to be surrounded by walls.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 911,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response).
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, beginst to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the military is primarily developed.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Dan, now a man of 29, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now an infant of 6 grows quickly. Teodora is now an infant of 7 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is reinforced with about 5 ships, someof them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire of Hispania officially cuts its active military strength in half with 40,000 troops left in a state of partial mobilization within Spain with the other 40,000 of various sorts garrisoned around the empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Pyrenees walls are completed effectively isolating Spain from continental Europe. Hispania, unable to ignore the lack of rights of the colonists, passes the Colonial rights act of 1592. This act guarantees rights to all Spaniards in the colonies and allows for Hispanicized italians to gain this citizenship by a fee and a test. The Hispanian empire begins the upgrade of ships to a new class a heavy two-decker ship carrying 70 heavy guns and 100 light guns, the ship is considered an experiment and will undergo a five-year trial before different classes of two-deckers begin to take shape within the Spanish navy. Hispanian armed forces seeing the advantage of remaining ahead of the game in military technology (regardless of previous reluctance) begins to expand its arsenal of the newest and best artillery and firearms as well as equipping troops with a short bladed knife and sword for her troops in order to maintain superior in close quarters warfare.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. Morocco expands by 5000 sq km down the coast
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. We set out ship merchants to establish trade routes between us and Urdistan, and to map the ports and trade routes. 

Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. As per the Mansurryian Declaration of 1595, we shall not open ourselves to other nations until the year 1600.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1597, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 31, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert II continues to look for a wife. He petitions the Hispanian emperor for a wife.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1595, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert grows weaker as the year goes on. Many expect him to die by next year.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 1600, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue to be built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to remain married.
 * In the Duchy of Livonia, the Hercog Jaagup I makes a formal request of the Holy Roman Emperor. Citing the vast history of coinage in the city of Riga and the skills of many craftsmen in Livonia who could become coin-makers, Jaagup asks the Emperor if a mint of the Reichstaler can be opened in the city of Riga, in order to supply coinage to the northern and eastern parts of the Empire. This is part of his attempt to bring more business into Livonia, which is undergoing transition from a serf-based farming economy to a more advanced economy based on various types of production. Additionally, in Riga, work on the docks continues. Work on the docks in Reval and Narva also begins this year, as Jaagup attempts to reform the economy. Jaagup begins to distribute ducal land (including all land confiscated and bought from the Prussian nobility) amongst ex-serfs and their families. One requirement of receiving this land is that a grain mill will be built on any streams in the property. The brewing industry continues to be popular, especially in Wenden. Jaagup sends a small colonial expedition to OTL St John's, Antigua (ATL Svētais Jāņi, Kōlaisa Jõugõisa). The military and navy, through regular training and expansion, increase in skill this year. Meanwhile, in Saare-Laane (Osel-Wiek), the Bishop there announces that he, too, will begin to reduce serfdom. Kuramo (Courland) continues to be influenced through beneficial trade deals.
 * ​Livonian Diplomacy: We ask the Holy Roman Emperor to not only consider the proposition of an Imperial Mint in Riga, but to also permit Saare-Laane to enter the Holy Roman Empire.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Holy Roman Emperor Wolfgang I approves the creation of an official imperial mint in Riga, and also welcomes the introduction of Saare-Laane into the Holy Roman Empire.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Pskov's economy continues to grow and wages for workers begin to rise. Traders and bankers make more money, and start wondering where to put it, and some, paradoxicaly, start deciding to put it into producing more at home rather than purchasing more goods to resell, a grand idea but will it take off is the question eh? In any case, Money money money stuff.
 * The East Imperial Co. is hard at work making more sugar and spice farms, even setting up small trade posts on more islands, and ultimately expands Novopskovsk the maximum ammount alowed onto the island of Novostrovsk.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. We accept the alliance from Prussia.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Dan, now a man of 30, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a child of 7 grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 8 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.

1598
The Chinese rebels begin to gain an upper hand against the fading Empires forces as they win a decisive victory at (Insert Chinese city here when the map is complete)

'''A prominent French noble visits Osnabruck on his way to Britannia, and is amazed at the beauty of the Cathedral’s unfinished roof, and at all the architecture in the Unfertigkeit (unfinished-ness) style. '''

Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: trade with Prussia, Poland, Livonia increase as they prove to be profitable trade partners. The economy also sees great growths thanks in part to imports from Hamburgs colonial empire. Meanwhile, the navy grows further, reaching roughly 325 vessels. The Hessian border continues to be fortified, mindful of the Hessians aggressive tendencies. The road system is also improved. The University of Lüneburg continues classes at maximum capacity, 12,000 men, while applications flood in. It is decided to construct two sister universities, one in Hannover and another in Rostock. Neu Hamburg, Neu Braunschweig, Neu Lüneburg and Williamsburg expand by 20 px.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of 4 frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered and the Sultan gave orders for the navy to launch several amphibious attacks on the coast of Somalia and to attack the pirate ships that had attacked Yemeni merchants, and secretly also to to weaken Somali trade for its refusal to grant enclaves to Yemen. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over al-Somal had been gotten ridden of in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Yemeni - Bengal Diplomacy: The Sultan of Yemen requests the Emperor of Urdustan to renew the trade agreement signed between Yemen and Urdustan in order for Yemen to secure the sale of Indian spices, textiles, rice, fish etc. The Sultan is worried that lack of supply of these goods to the Yemeni public might cause unrest and protests.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy: The Emperor would greatly enjoy renewing trade with the esteemed Sultan of Yemen, and will continue trade as it was before the Decree of 1593 (In regards to Yemen) until a trade treaty is formalized.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols fortify their borders and expand their military.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 959,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 80,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI goes to the !Kung-Ju|'hoan and helps establish Ju|'hoante.(mod response).
 * The Jul|'hoan diplomats agree to the offer. They're glad to help establish their nation. (mod)
 * China: We continue to fight against the warlords and we ask aid from neighbor countries to send soldiers to aid our fight to unite China. Our econmy decreases as the fighting continues and traders are worried that they might not be safe traveling our roads.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Vorlayacor: This is a year of large national projects. Swain, seeing the success of his Mapuche relocation program, continues to order the military to go south to bring willing Mapuche families north to Vorlayacor. He also orders several other military brigades to push northwest and reach the Spanish border as specified in the Treaty of Nov Xoryan. While the usual tactics of diplomacy, bribes, offers of technology, and guarantees of religious and social freedoms sway many of the villages, the rapid pace of this year's expansion does lead to some villages fighting back. They are defeated, but the conflict creates significant ethnic tensions between Tapuia and Mapuche people back in the established nation. Roads, defensive forts, and other infrastructure features are built to complement this expansion.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya: Our expansion into Taungoo continues and we begin to expand up many small rivers and streams and also take the land from many of the natives. We use some military force to ensure that the small tribes will be dealt with. We focus mainly on using our economy for the expansion into the region which takes a lot of our money. Our expansion into the region is now 11 px (5 px this turn). The saltpetre trade goes well with European nations such as Hispania and the Dutch and we continue to grow our exporting ports and factories. We also focus on developing larger ports on our west coast to help aid the Ayutthayan Nicobar islands and make trade quicker. Our ethnic camps begin to distrupt our military and we have many clashes with the people. We begin to heighten the amount of death penalties to non-Thai people in an effort to "deal with them properly". Our military and naval technologies continue advancing as usual.
 * Suri Empire: A school is built in OTL Delhi, while another one is built in OTL Peshawar.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia) progress is flourishing. The newly opened Imperial Mint at Riga begins operation this year, producing large numbers of Reichtaler for the Holy Roman Empire. The opening of this mint allows Riga to take on an even larger role in Baltic trade, as hundreds of merchants from around northern Europe arrive at Riga to do business. The improvements made to the docks, including the creation of new and more efficient ship-building manufactories continues to boost our navy and trade. This increased trade helps boost the economy, which develops this year. The phasing out of serfdom continues. Meanwhile, the colonies are also doing well. In Vȯiti Vež, expansion into OTL Andros (ATL Tilbrēḑig) takes place, starting on Good Friday (from which the Island gets its name). In Kōlaisa Jõugõisa, expansion takes place in Antigua (ATL Tēḑ) and Barbuda (ATL Uddi). In Saare-Laane, the birth rate skyrockets to 6 children per couple. This is higher than in Livonia proper, but in Livonia the birth rate is also really high (5 chilren per couple). Influence over Courland continues, as we continue to both benefit from positive trade relations, as well as protectorate status.
 * It says no influence in the event, PAY ATTENTION -Feud
 * County of Oldenburg: The Unfertigkeit movement grows steadily more opular amongst the nobles and richer merchants. The economy improves and the OHG expands its fur trading in both Neu Norderney and Neu Juist. Fishing operations in the seas off Neu Juist are also expanded. The Holy Order of Saint Theobald establishes a priory in metropolitan Oldenburg to train would-be missionaries in the ways of the New World before they actually go. Regent Johannes steps down from his long-held position and passes the regent-ship on to the Prince-Bishop of Osnabruck.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Much of the excitement and fun normally associated with the city of Osnabruck is gone this year with the departure of the Prince-Bishop to take up his new position as Regent of Oldenburg. The Buhnefest is a pretty lacklustre affair: people can't even seem to get properly drunk without the Prince-Bisop watching over them.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,555,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * 'Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 48. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 382,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 252,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 29. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.2 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile towards Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 257,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannibis, and cotton to European markets, supplimenting the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spaired this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is reinforced with about 5 ships, someof them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordnance.
 * The Tartary continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * The Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dniper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area; however, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. the military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1598, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 32, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert II continues to look for a wife. He petitions the Hispanian emperor for a wife.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1598, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert grows weaker as the year goes on. Many expect him to die by next year.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue to be built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to remain married.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to military. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to military. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. We set out ship merchants to establish trade routes between us and Urdistan, and to map the ports and trade routes. 
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Impletementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. As per the Mansurryian Declaration of 1595, we shall not open ourselves to other nations until the year 1600.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes.  Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coiffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of art, poetry, or books, from native, cultural languages, beginst to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Nobles of Vijaynagara are now known as Urdustani Nobles, rather than simply Vijaynagara nobles. This enforces Urdustani rule over the nobility of Vijaynagara, but also allows them to fluidly move and act within all parts of Urdustan, rather than just Vijaynagara. Shipments of European weapons are diverted from Urdustani markets due to their increasingly commonness within Urdustani armies, so as to allow Vijaynagara to also have better access to advanced weapons.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and alas the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequent and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues.
 * Knyazdom of Slovenia: Ulrich also supports Croat writers in Slovenia who write in the Slovenian dialect of Croatia. Furthermore, the economy is primarily developed.
 * During the year, the Pskovian economy continues to boom and wages continue to rise, with agriculture becoming slightly more efficient. although population growth is larger in the rural areas than in the urban. Some more merchats begin putting money into producing more instead of purchasing more goods abroad. Diplomats from the Roman Empire enter the Veche and begin to address the Territorial Dispute between the Roman Colonial Administration and Pskov's Imperial Company. After a day of fierce fighting and discussions, that almost erupted into a brawl, the Veche, tired of war and unwilling to fight decides to send twelve representatives to Constantinople, amongst them the President of the PIC(Pskov Imperial Company) and the Prince of Pskov, and ten other delegates in what has come tobe known as the Conference of Constantinople. In this conference, the overlapping territorial claims are resolved, and each nation decided to respect each other's claims and recognize them. Pskov approaches Livonia with an offer of alliance. (Rex, next time we're in PM I would like to discuss this, I am ready to agree to a few things).
 * The East Isles Co. officially renames itself the Pskov Imperial Company after the Conference of Constantinople (marking its second name change since founding), and continues to build farms and export goods, mostly to Pskov but, using the newly signed agreement with the Romans, begins to trade in their colonies as well, buying and selling their goods to their benefit (as I am sure they are doing as well). The territories controlled by the PIC expand their maximum. Expansion reference. Alternate proposal is now current colonies ... mostly ...

1599
'''Tupi tribesmen raid Spanish outposts and villages in the Amazon rain forest. Accustomed to raids by the Mapuche, the Spanish are pushed back, unable to counter the Tupi tactics. Considerable losses along with rumors of cannibalism and headhunting prevent Spanish expansion in the region for ten years. '''

'''This is redundant. I started going a completely different direction five years ago ... -Feud'''

'''... And you will continue to go that completely different direction ... Yeah ... - Eip'''


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen II rules as Sultan, now aging at 49. He, like his brother, promotes migration to Damascus as it now numbers 387,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 254,000. Sulimen II marries the Princess of Yemen, they have a son, named Sulimen IV. Sulimen III now is acting regent Sultan of Kurdistan at the very young age of 30. Sulimen III is wed to a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. The people continue to rally toward Islam. Although most of the Sultanate sees itself as an Arabic nation, the Turks begin slowly migrating to the Tartary, as a known haven for Turks. In Kurdistan, the Turks begin to slow their chaotic behavior with the leverlocked equipped Janissaries entering the newly conquered territory. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turk relation the people seem to be happier. Sulimen III starts implementing more of the Qu'ran into the law in Kurdistan, people begin taking a liking to it. Spices and salt are sent to the Malaccan Sultanate. Sulimen II is made the new Sultan of the UIN. We begin modernizing our guns. We receive more ships (snaphaunces) from Malacca in return for glass and textiles. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever-lock guns are being replaced slowly with Arquebuses. We begin building ships in the Red and Mediterranean Sea. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 25.2 million. Navy expands. A port is still given haven to any travels and any merchants the Romanians may have. The navy is upgraded, and we begin building our ships to be more like the old Dutch model given to us by the Malaccan Sultanate. Economic supplies is requested from all members in the UIN. Economic supplies is requested to all allies of the Damascan Sultanate. 'With the eco help, the Sultanate can get back on its feet officially. Sulimen II patches his ties with Karaman officially. Diyabakir begins to come around but will take time. Ankara seems a bit hostile towards Damascus still.
 * Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The northern land is given to the Tartary, due to their good relations and acceptance and tolerance of Islam. Military expands. The region continues merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Azerbaijan continues to merge into the Damascan Sultanate, particularly the Kurdistan regent.
 * Palestine (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A census is taken to find the population of Jerusalem alone. Jerusalem holds a total of 262,000. And slowly falls with the fighting between the Jews, Muslims and Christians. The people feel safe, yet also principled with the forces now in the city. As the city has fully been repaired, the military is expanded training Muslim militias. Sultan Sulimen II, leader of the Damascan Sultanate, announces that Jerusalem will continue to be a unified city for all religions, and all are welcome to use the city for religious purposes.
 * Yimennendahla: Trade becomes large throughout the state. A census is taken totaling: 35,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Aleppraqht: Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Jivadier: Trade is largely based on Yemen, Mansuriyya, and Somalia/Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 40,000. Economy and navy expand.
 * Dhubab: The new port colony in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and navy expand.
 * Hamburg-Holstein-Mecklenburg: shipyard construction and upgrading continues to accommodate newer and larger vessels. Several new warship designs are presented to the navy this year, including a couple two-checkers. The shipbuilding companies are given an order of one two-decker for experimentation purposes. By years end construction is progressing smoothly. In colonial news, the colony of Neu Hamburg re-organized into the colony of Karsland, for Duke Karl I. Karsland, Neu Braunschweig, Williamsburg and Neu Lüneburg expand 20 px. A national census begins to be taken, with results to be published in 1600.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.


 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the constructions of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and himself arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that atleast 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with muskets and snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of 4 frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with Eritrea although trade with Damascus, Mansuriyya and Oman, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal. We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed towards Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan orders the assailants to be put to death and announces equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al-Somal. Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al-Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of al-Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over al-Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to alp-Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Mongol Khanate: The Mongols fortify their borders and expand their military.
 * Ayutthaya: Expansion into the Taungoo area slows down and to avoid any unwanted aggression with the Hispanian colony, we expand into northern areas. (5 px). Increased stability is taken our in the area of Lanna as usual. Cities and ports on our west coast are grown larger and we hope that we will have a small naval base on our west coast by 1605.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Dai Viet: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. The nation of Dai Viet begins expanding its military to protect the nation against any foreign attack. The government begins an active role in equipping some units, using its funds to ensure that the entirety of the militia is equipped with pikes and swords. Crossbows also begin to be used in select units, who are trained to be most effective during cavalry charges and to provide support for our infantry. Gunpowder based weapons also become common in our nation and certain regiments begin training with the new devices. Government forces are called and put to the test securing our southern border, garrisoning in recently acquired territory. Alongside expanding ground forces, the government also sees to need to expand naval forces, a process that began several decades ago. Small ships capable of longer journeys are constructed in major port cities, and cities in the south along the coast are expanded to facilitate naval activity on par with our northern cities. Trade ships are attracted to our major ports from nearby nations. Facilities are upgraded to better facilitate trade. With several dozen small trade ships and warships under the command of the government vassals, and several ships under its personal command, the government orders a series of operations in the east waters of the nation, hoping to root out pirates and protect trade routes. As a test of our navy, our largest warships, equipped with cannons and other weapons, make several expeditions around the Biển Đông (South China Sea). Several more trade posts are established in the Philippines. After decades of growth and development, we establish the Riau Islands as a vassal of our nation, elevating it from its position as a colony. We continue influencing Khmer.
 * Riau Islands: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Settlements on the Riau Islands grow as more people begin to settle them. After several years of expanding and trading in the region, the city of Ranai in the Natuna Islands grows to become a regional trade center and port city. A port and shipyard begins construction on the islands.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in sixty elephants being killed. A new expansion of the elephant pen has begun. |onte's population rises to over 1,009,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 100,000 people. Mon IV ups his expansion north to 300 sq km (6 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. So Kuneneli offers to sell the rest of his paintings to the British. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers.
 * In the Hercogiste Līvõmō (Duchy of Livonia) progress is flourishing. The newly opened Imperial Mint at Riga continues to produce large numbers of Reichtaler for the Holy Roman Empire, giving Livonia an even bigger role in Baltic trade. Merchant from all over flock to Riga to do trade, which is then relayed into Poland, Russia, Pskov, and Prussia. Docks at Riga, Reval, and Narva all improve. We continue to incorporate shipbuilding into our economy, with Riga dominating in this industry. In Wenden, brewing boosts the economy and adds industry to the region. The expansion of the Livonian Army this year helps protect our nation's borders. A small contingent of troops is sent to make an army base in both Vȯiti Vež and Kōlaisa Jõugõisa. The phasing out of serfdom continues, as older serfs die and younger people are born. The population rate increases, as serf-free labor will be in high demand shortly and parents want to capitalize on their kids' labor. Meanwhile, the colonies are also doing well. In Vȯiti Vež, expansion into OTL Andros (ATL Tilbrēḑig) continues. In Kōlaisa Jõugõisa, expansion takes place in Antigua (ATL Tēḑ) and Barbuda (ATL Uddi). In Saare-Laane, the Count announces that he will seek greater unity with Livonia and begins to incorporate Livonian language into local governments.  Courland finally agrees to become a vassal continues; we continue to both benefit from positive trade relations, as well as vassal status.

Southern Persia: With economic build up finished in Southern Persia, the economy booms, and we use this money to build up our military. The money is also used to construct ports.
 * This is allowed. The event prohibits allies of the former regime from influencing them; I am anything but the ally of ex-Prussia. ~Rex
 * IT WAS DISCUSSED any peaceful influence is not happening right now. Period. Stop thinking you know better -Feud
 * Actually to be fair I wrote in the event that only Prussia's allies could not influence the states. Livonia and the state he is influencing just fought together for independence and are very close. I believe it's allowed for him to influence the state for that reason. - Mscoree
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The economic build up of the nation has finally been completed, and as a result there is a giant economic boom in the Sultanate. We use this new money to build up our military in a ten-year plan. We also use this money to build the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, (something that the Sultan's father strived to do but could not as a result of wars.) In addition to constructing the Grand Mosque of Baghdad (which is another ten-year plan) we finance the funding of our new vassals, Oman and Queshm Island, as well as setting up new mosques and forts along the Mansuryian-Saudi Arabian border. Mil turn. We set out ship merchants to establish trade routes between us and Urdistan, and to map the ports and trade routes. 
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Unfortunately, we have changed our minds regarding opening the Omanese Port of Alexandria to other nations, as we have only recently required it and must let it simmer down, build up in infrastructure under the Mosque Model, and fill its stock with Urdustani goods. The Omanese Port of Alexandria is planned to officially open up to other nations during the year 1600, as that will give it enough time for the newly acquired port to mature and enter into the new era of the 1600s.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Masirah Island: The governor was installed one year ago during the transitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate- Implementation of the Mosque Model (and port construction) Infra turn
 * Omanese Port of Alexandria: The Governor was installed one year ago during the trasnitional period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. As per the Mansurryian Declaration of 1595, we shall not open ourselves to other nations until the year 1600.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 3900 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in north western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. A colony is established. Saint Louis d'Africa continues expanding by 500 sq km and 200 sq km in Kenya. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the ruralmost areas of France
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes on 65 against 35 on withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal of Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Suri Empire: Economy is built up, and borders are fortified.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up. Local artists begin producing more works in the Unfertigkeit style. There is a surplus of incompleted paintings, statues and small buildings.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The general feeling of boredom continues throughout the country. The Prince-Bishop's representative during his long absences in Oldenburg, the Assistant Bishop, is nowhere near as fun-loving as his superior. In fact, the Assistant Bishop does not even attend the annual Buhnefest!
 * Courland: Duke Daniels of Courland starts to implement reforms within the navy, restructuring the command structure. The Duke is also very pleased with the  current state of relations with Livonia. He also sends an emissary to both Poland-Lithuania and Scandinavia to ask for trade pacts.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily regardless of many of these precious items being non-integrated into the economy and stored. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The Empire continues large scale investments into the colonies and overseas territories ensuring loyalty and considerably more profitable. The Hispanian navy finishes its first group of its new two-decker ships, a major departure from its previous designs and being much much more effective in combat than any other nations current craft and with new cannons even rivaling some of the Chinese designs.
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches its troop amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Auditore Gun company opens up several works in Spain proper becoming one of the exceptions to Spain's merchantilist policies. This leads to further employment of Spanish peoples so the parliament decides to pay for the migration of Auditore Firearms main office to Madrid. The current leading family member, Rodrigo Auditore agrees leaving his offices in italy attended to by family. The Wall of the Alps are finished and they are considered some of the most soundly constructed walls in Europe and allow for all non-sanctioned land travel into italy to be monitored and prevented if the men are undesirable.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King  (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is 2 million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 5000 sq km. The population of the Mapuche people is lowly put at about 15,000 with about 40,000 Spanish settlers living within the borders. The sharp increase in Mapuche is purely built out of many Mapuche starting to come back in order to live in peace under the Hesperian league's mandates.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the merchantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Population of Tenocha is counted at nearly 9 million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the Integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of theit population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the king. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the country side and establishing new towns and cities. The colony proper reaches nearly 1,000,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. This unprecedented size in population  The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas.. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands 50 px. This expansion, however, is stunted by a massive rainforest which after years of trying to penetrate has become more costly than not diverting further exploration attempts towards the Inca territories to the west. New Spain begins an immense project to attact settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 45,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. The unexpected guarantee of right as Spanish citizens leaves many people elated as being treated equally as the people who live in Spain. With this the Viceroy unable to hold a higher position than royalty stands by as sub-viceroy to Cristo Di Habsburg. The tradition of many people of the royal family taking up residency in the colonies is well received as one of Cristos aging uncles visits him and lives with him as the Bishop of Buenos Aires.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to Many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.
 * New Granada: The  colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 25  px. The colony's population expands to around 50,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. Another port settlement is established in the lucrative Bay of Juarez with the Settlement of Arica established at the mouth of the river and the city heading north with port facilities being established.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Colony itself. The Philippines Expand (now 50 px) per Spanish order as the potential for hostile natives and other threats in the area has led to a switch in policy as well as the movement of nearly 2000 Spaniards and a fleet of nearly 20 warships to the area preventing any force from attacking to continue expansion. With the close of the revolt, the Chinese people within the borders are expelled by any means necessary
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The Military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymaya territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Ayamara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The collective population of the protectorates is estimated at about five million between all three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The Military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The areas economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port and the company buys nearly 15 top of the line ships from Spain to maintain her interests in the area. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. Spain properly also sells about 25 top of the line war galleons and frigates to the company here. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory
 * Cochin: The Troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispanias territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the areas gretest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East Indian Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war Galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that cannot set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The city following its massive destruction in the revolt has a mere 20,000 people living within its boundaries but it is steadily increasing.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. The Empire attempts to maintain order during the famine, troops are concentrated around Britannia helping to keep order, the Patriarch of Canterbury calls all the faithful of Britannia to God is this time of need. A new series of historical books titled In Europa Imperium is written by renowned historian James Matthews, Volume I In Imperium Phoenix: A look at the Rebirth of Rome, focuses on the near death and then rebirthing of the Eastern Roman Empire. Other works will be written. This book comes on the heels of his first book; Imperium Britannica, chronicling the birth and expansion of the Britannic Empire from its days as a Roman province, to Albion, and to the current Empire. He releases two new volumes this year, Imperium Galliae From Division to World Power, and Imperium Hispania: Nation of World's Desire. Work continues on Vol V, Imperium Austria: The Rise and Fall of Central Europe's Domineering Power. The recent border clashes raise tensions between Scandinavia and Britannia has many colonists believe that the Scandinavians are behind the raids on inland communities. A new postion, High Governor is established. The High Governor is an appointed position and is the final authority between the local governors of the L'nu and New Cambridgeshire and the Crown of Britannia. The High Governor, in his first act as governor, declares Britannic protection over the Iroquois as well as trade preferences between the tribes of the new world. This move was made in effort to calm the native raids and to keep other rivals at bay. To celebrate the coming of the new year and a new century, a new celebration event is held on December 31. They call it The Prosperity Ball. One major aspect of the Prosperity Ball is the use of candles spelling out the New Years' date.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland.


 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Iroquois: Due to recent trade opening up with Hispania and Britannic protection over the Iroquois, the confederation can finally be confident in its own long-term future. With that in mind, construction of defenses is slowed down, while military begins to build up. The chief begs all nations of the confederacy to send their troops to the central authority to produce a national army trained with Hispanic arms. Ties are strengthened with our vassals, and permanent settlements in the European style begin to spring up, and the forward-thinking chief turns one on the banks of Lake Onondaga into the capital by the name of Haudenosaunee (the native name for the Iroquois). Each tribe in the confederacy creates a regional capital named after their tribe. Furs begin to be traded with the Britannians and Hispanians for weapons, alcohol, horses, and other trade goods. Many conversions to Western Catholicism occur along the border with the Scandinavian colonies in Mohawk territory. Despite this, the majority of Mohawks are still shamanist. A trade jargon of Britannian, Scandinavian, and Iroquoian is spoken in border settlements. (Mil-Turn)
 * ​Erie: We build up military, especially on our eastern border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Susquehanna: We build up military, especially on our western border and build closer relations with the Iroquois. (Mil-Turn)
 * Vorlayacor: Ethnic tensions continue to be inflamed this year;  there are some clashes between Tapuia, Tapu, and Mapuche people in Machitonis.   Swain, not wishing to see his once-bright legacy tarnished, negotiates witht he Tapu and Tapuia members of the Grand Council to continue northwest expansion at a much slower pace. The military has fully upgraded to flintlocks. The University of Nov Xoryan begins a city beautification department to tidy up the haphazardly-grown Machitonis and Nov Xoryan.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Dan, now a man of 31, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the newfound wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. Leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. In addition the increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of populous. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Leverlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Constantius now a child of 8 grows quickly. Teodora is now a child of 9 years. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows as many larger farms and mills open. The military is improved this year, the Bulgarian Legion drills and the soldiers become more professional, the tactics implemented in Romania begin to be taken up as well. The population also booms like Romania’s population.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Romania to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Romania causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav resumes repairing the economy and infrastructure.
 * Romanian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Romanian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Romanian presence.
 * China: The major defeats cripple the Chinese military. Meanwhile, many remaining regions held by the central government collapse into chaos. The Chinese economy suffers immensely at the hands of bandits and rebels. Despite these issues the army continues to fight, defending the capital and any surrounding regions. We beg any of our formal vassals and allies to aid us in this desperate hour. JJ asked me to post for him without giving me a turn, so I wrote my own China turn. Stephanus rex (talk) 22:28, August 19, 2014 (UTC)
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1599, Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 33, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Albert's possible homosexuality rises once more when several nobles discuss rumors concerning male courtiers spending excessive amounts of time in Franz-Albert's bedchambers. The rumors falter out by year's end.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1599, Queen Isabell university continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college**Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert and Adalbert II continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue to be built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. In governmental news, Edmund von Jülich and Elisabeth von Habsburg-Wittelsbach continue to remain married.
 * Roman Empire: Tragically, Theodore III dies this year, and on his deathbed feels like a failure. Despite this, he is loved by the vast majority of his subjects, and even the Borealian natives and the Serbs hold some fondness for him. His son Thomas takes the throne after a coronation involving the traditional Iron Crown, Bridle, and Lance, becoming Thomas II. Different from his father, Thomas II is much more concerned about the internal stability of the Empire and its territory, and as such is committed to resolving such issues. He orders an inspection of all military fortifications in Greece, Albania, Phoenicia, and Taurica to ensure that they are all properly garrisoned and fortified. He also expands the networks of forts in Anatolia, and increases the number of troops garrisoned in Anatolian territories. Continuing the policies of his father, Greeks are encourages to move to Anatolia, and refounded settlements like Prussa, Illium, and Ephesus begin to grow again as a result. Thomas II continues his father's policies of converting the Berbers in Cyrenaica to Christianity, offering those who do lower taxes and political incentives. Previous policies are kept with Turkic inhabitants of Roman territories, however, few Turks actually leave, amounting to maybe a few hundred every year. However, Thomas II discovers that his father was so focused on European interests that the Empire's colonies are largely defenseless, and makes efforts to change this. Fortifications are already present at Atlantis and Socotra, but other than that, the colonies are largely void of such defenses. Forts are therefore built in Roanoke, Powhatan, Delaware, and Yamasee, defending vital colonial cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patropolis. Reme gets the most of the defenses, with twin forts guarding the sound, as well as small outposts outfitted with cannon on the outer banks. Reme is also equipped with a shipyard and armory to provide the troops stationed there with adequate weaponry and transport. At the colony of Antillia, fortified outposts are also constructed and equipped with cannon. The same happens in Malabar. To further expand the security of these colonies, relations with the Borealian natives are made a priority, and commitments with the Powhatan, Delaware, Taino, and Yamasee natives are extended. Roman officers train the natives in European tactics, and some educated natives are invited to take part in the government of the colonies. While this does help expand support amongst the natives, the ones in the interior are still hostile to Roman interests, and as such the Empire holds off. These improvements are largely possible thanks to an expansion of the Roman economy and the new quantity of trade goods available. Trade with Urdustan provides gems, opium, cannabis, and cotton to European markets, supplementing the rubber and pepper exported by Malabar. In the colonies, cash crops like rice, tobacco, hemp, indigo, and cotton are exported and make a sizable profit, while a few in Antillia begin experimenting with sugar cane. Socotra and Phoenicia provide dyes, and Phoenicia in particular provides high quality lumber such as cedar. Back in the mainland, Greece provides ample quantities of silver, marble, wine, raisins, saffron, fish, and olive oil. Constantinople, already the silk capital of Europe, expands its considerable trade influence and wealth. Whereas Theodore III sought to expand the Empire to its previous borders, Thomas II seems determined to make sure the gains of the last century are not lost. The colonies are provided funds to help repair from any potential hurricane damage, although it seems like most of them were spared this time around.
 * Serbia: The economy continues to prosper as the country grows back to its potential, and the export of goods continues to generate revenue. The new land from Croatia is incorporated, and most Serbs are content at this decision, as it unites all Serbs under one banner, save the ones in Montenegro. The military continues to train, and even as Roman officers train Serbian troops, they are regularly inspired by the valor of Serbian troops, and inform Thomas II that the Serbs would be a fine and feared addition to the Roman Army. As the cooperation of the Romans and Serbs increase, more and more nobles become Roman citizens, for multiple reasons. While this is not enough to change the state of the nation, it is promising.
 * Reme: Fortifications continue to be built, especially in cities like Reme, Avelinia, and Patrapolis. Cash crops, like tobacco, cotton, rice, and indigo, are continued to be planted in newly acquired area from expanison. Young men, about the number of 700, are given training to join the Roman navy and military back in Europe. The colony is reinforced with about five ships, someof them galleons and frigates, and 1000 Roman soldiers. While the colony is split up by Hamburg's colony, a series of roads are constructed to help the colonists move around. A few small outposts are constructed throughout the colony to help prevent highwaymen from appearing. Native militias are further trained and equipped with Roman military ordinence*Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. The southern colonies in Africa are organized and named Kamerun, and continue to expand south.
 * Pskov's economy continues to boom as its traders continue to make more money, and start to invest in production instead of acquisition of goods, stuff.
 * Pskov's Imperial Co. expands its colonies to the max.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 1,555,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (101,000), followed by Peru (56,000), Machu Picchu (44,000), Chimu (27,000) and Sican (23,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Apeac I gives birth to his third child child, a daughter, who dies shortly after birth along with the child's mother. Cava hits the age of 13 while Apeac II hits age 8. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, or Suyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 180,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 20,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 10,000.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.